SM VRF Systems

MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Service Manual (T1/ R410A /50Hz)
GREE ELECTRIC APPLIANCES INC. OF ZHUHAI
GREE COMMERCIAL AIR CONDITION
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF
CONTENTS
PRODUCT..................................................................................................................................................... 1 1 MODELS LIST .................................................................................................................................. 1 1.1 Outdoor Unit ...............................................................................................................1 1.2 Indoor Unit..................................................................................................................3 2 NOMENCLATURE............................................................................................................................ 8 2.1 Nomenclature of Outdoor Unit ....................................................................................8 2.2 Nomenclature of indoor unit .......................................................................................8 3 FUNCTION......................................................................................................................................... 9 4 PRODUCT DATA ............................................................................................................................ 10 4.1 Product data of outdoor ............................................................................................10 4.2 Product data of indoor ..............................................................................................27 4.3 Operation Range ......................................................................................................52 5 PIPING DIAGRAM.......................................................................................................................... 53 CONTROL................................................................................................................................................... 55 1 OPERATION FLOWCHART ......................................................................................................... 55 1.1 Cooling/Dry Operation ..............................................................................................56 1.2 Heating Operation ....................................................................................................57 2 MAIN LOGIC ................................................................................................................................... 58 2.1 Control Function of Outdoor Unit_ ............................................................................58 2.2 Control Function of Indoor Unit.................................................................................61 3 WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER........................................................................................ 70 4 WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER ............................................................................................... 73 4.1 Operation View .........................................................................................................73 4.2 Dimension ................................................................................................................74 4.3 Installation ................................................................................................................74 5 MINI CENTRALIZED CONTROLLER(Region controller) ..................................................... 75 5.1 Function....................................................................................................................75 5.2 Operation View .........................................................................................................76 5.3 Display View .............................................................................................................77 5.4 Connection Between Controller and Unit_................................................................79 6 CENTRALIZED CONTROLLER .................................................................................................. 80 6.1 Function....................................................................................................................80 6.2 Operation View .........................................................................................................80 6.3 Display View .............................................................................................................82 6.4 Connection Between Controller and Unit..................................................................83 6.5 Case Study ...............................................................................................................84 7 MONITORING SOFTWARE_........................................................................................................ 98 7.1 Function....................................................................................................................98 7.2 Connection Between the Computer and the Unit .....................................................98 7.3 Hardware................................................................................................................100 INSTALLATION........................................................................................................................................ 107 1 PRECAUTIONS FOR INSTALLATION ..................................................................................... 107 2 FLOW CHART OF INSTALLATION .......................................................................................... 110 3 INSTALLATION OF OUTDOOR UNIT ...................................................................................... 113
1
3.1 Hoisting of Unit ....................................................................................................... 113 3.2 Selection of Installation Site ................................................................................... 113 3.3 Outline Dimension Data and Installation Dimension Data ...................................... 115 3.4 Clearance Data....................................................................................................... 117 4 INSTALLATION OF INDOOR UNIT........................................................................................... 123 4.1 Selection of installation site ....................................................................................123 4.2 Space Requirements for Units Installation ..............................................................127 4.3 Dimensions Data ....................................................................................................129 4.4 1-way cassett type Unit ..........................................................................................136 5 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS OF REFRIGERANT PIPING ........................................ 143 5.1 Specification ...........................................................................................................143 5.2 Allowable Length and Height Differences of the Refrigerant Piping between the Indoor and Outdoor Units .............................................................................................143 5.3 Selection of diameter of branch pipe and connection pipe .....................................144 6 INSTALLATION OF REFRIGERANT PIPING.......................................................................... 151 6.1 Flow Chart of Installation ........................................................................................151 6.2 Three Principles of Refrigerant Piping Installation ..................................................152 6.3 Installation of Metal Embedded Pipe ......................................................................152 6.4 Management and Machining of Refrigerant Piping.................................................153 6.5 Installation of Refrigerant Piping.............................................................................159 6.6 Welding of Copper Pipe..........................................................................................163 6.7 Cleaning of Refrigerant Piping................................................................................168 6.8 Pressure Maintaining and Leak Hunting.................................................................168 6.9 Vacuum Pumping ...................................................................................................171 6.10 Refrigerant Charge ...............................................................................................172 7 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE ASSY ......................................... 174 7.1 Direction Requirements ..........................................................................................174 8 INSTALLATION OF CONDENSATE PIPE ............................................................................... 175 8.1 Material quality requirements for condensate pipe .................................................175 8.2 Key points for condensate pipe installation ............................................................175 8.3 Installation of drainage pipe for different types of indoor unit .................................179 8.4 Test for Condensate Pipe .......................................................................................183 8.5 Requirements of Heat preservation ........................................................................184 9 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION .................................................................................................. 185 9.1 Precautions for Electrical Installation......................................................................185 9.2 SPECIFICATIONS OF POWER CORD & CIRCUIT BREAKER .............................186 9.3 Wiring Sketch Map .................................................................................................187 9.4 Dial-up of Unit.........................................................................................................190 MAINTENANCE ....................................................................................................................................... 197 1 TROUBLE TABLES ..................................................................................................................... 197 1.1 Trouble Display of Indoor Unit ................................................................................197 1.2 Trouble and State Display of Mainboard LED of Outdoor Unit................................200 1.3 Trouble Display of Outdoor Unit Transition Board...................................................204 1.4 Trouble Display of Driver Board LED......................................................................204 2 FLOW CHART OF TROUBLESHOOTING .............................................................................. 205 3 WIRING DIADRAM ...................................................................................................................... 213
2
4 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE OF MAIN PARTS .................................. 224 4.1Outdoor Unit ............................................................................................................224 4.2 Indoor unit ..............................................................................................................235 5 EXPLODED VIEWS AND PART LIST ...................................................................................... 255 5.1 Outdoor Unit_ Exploded Views and Part list of The Outdoor Unit...........................255 5.2 Indoor Unit_Exploded Views and Parts List............................................................271
PRODUCT
PRODUCT
PRODUCT
1 MODELS LIST
1.1 Outdoor Unit
Units Series Capacity Model Cooling (Btu/h) GMV-Rm224W/Na-M 76429 Heating (Btu/h) 85300 R410A GMV-Rm280W/Na-M GMV-Rm335W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm504W/Na-M 95536 114302 136480 153540 171965 105772 124538 150128 168894 187660 R410A 380-415V3Ph-50Hz 380-415V3Ph-50Hz Ref. Power Supply Appearance
MODULAR DIGITAL Multi VRF
GMV-Rm560W2/Na-M
191072
204720
R410A
380-415V3Ph-50Hz
GMV-Rm615W2/Na- M
209838
221780
R410A
380-415V3Ph-50Hz
GMV-Rm670W2/Na- M GMV-Rm730W2/Na- M GMV-Rm800W2/Na- M GMV-Rm850W2/Na- M GMV-Rm900W2/Na- M GMV-Rm954W2/Na- M GMV-Rm1008W2/Na- M
228604 250782 272960 290020 307080 324140 343929
249076 272960 290020 307080 334376 351436 379755.6 R410A 380-415V3Ph-50Hz
PRODUCT
Units Series
Capacity Model GMV-Rm1070W3/Na-M GMV-Rm1135W3/Na-M GMV-Rm1200W3/Na-M GMV-Rm1250W3/Na-M GMV-Rm1300W3/Na-M GMV-Rm1350W3/Na- M GMV-Rm1405W3/Na-M GMV-Rm1458W3/Na-M GMV-Rm1512W3/Na-M GMV-Rm1600W4/Na-M GMV-Rm1650W4/Na-M GMV-Rm1700W4/Na-M GMV-Rm1750W4/Na-M GMV-Rm1800W4/Na-M GMV-Rm1854W4/Na-M GMV-Rm1908W4/Na-M GMV-Rm1962W4/Na-M GMV-Rm2016W4/Na-M Cooling (Btu/h) 365084 385556 409440 426500 443560 460620 479386 497469 515894 545920 562980 580040 597100 614160 632585 651009 669434 687859 Heating (Btu/h) 392380 423088 443560 477680 487916 494740 511800 545920 562980 597100 614160 631220 648280 665340 682400 699460 716520 733580 R410A R410A Ref.
Power Supply
Appearance
380-415 V-3Ph-50 Hz
MODU LAR DIGITA L Multi VRF
380-415 V-3Ph-50 Hz
CAUTION
It is not recommended to adopt the combination mode not specified by this manual.
PRODUCT
1.2 Indoor Unit

1.2.1 Duct type Capacity Model GMV-R22P/Na-K GMVL-R22P/Na-K GMV-R25P/Na-K GMVL-R25P/Na-K GMV-R28P/Na-K GMVL-R28P/Na-K GMV-R32P/Na-K GMVL-R32P/Na-K GMV-R36P/Na-K GMVL-R36P/Na-K GMV-R40P/Na-K GMVL-R40P/Na-K GMV-R45P/Na-K GMVL-R45P/Na-K GMV-R50P/Na-K GMVL-R50P/Na-K GMV-R56P/Na-K GMVL-R56P/Na-K GMV-R63P/Na-K GMVL-R63P/Na-K GMV-R71P/Na-K GMVL-R71P/Na-K GMV-R80P/Na-K GMVL-R80P/Na-K GMV-R90P/Na-K GMVL-R90P/Na-K GMV-R100P/Na-K GMVL-R100P/Na-K GMV-R112P/Na-K GMVL-R112P/Na-K GMV-R125P/Na-K GMVL-R125P/Na-K GMV-R140P/Na-K GMVL-R140P/Na-K GMV-R224P/Na-M GMVL-R224P/Na-M GMV-R280P/Na-M GMVL-R280P/Na-M Cooling (Btu/h) 7507 Heating (Btu/h) 8530 / 10236 / 10918 / 12283 / 13648 / 15354 / 17060 / 19790 / 21496 / 23884 / 27296 / 30026 / 34120 / 37532 / 42650 / 46060 / 51180 / 85304 / 105780 / 3 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz R410A 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz Ref Power Supply Appearance
8530
9554
10919 12284 13649 15355 17061 19108 21496 24226 27297 30709 34121 38216 42652 47770 76432 95540
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Capacity Model Cooling (Btu/h) GMV-R22P/NaB-K GMVL-R22P/NaB-K GMV-R28P/NaB-K GMVL-R28P/NaB-K GMV-R36P/NaB-K GMVL-R36P/NaB-K GMV-R45P/NaB-K GMVL-R45P/NaB-K GMV-R56P/NaB-K GMVL-R56P/NaB-K GMV-R71P/NaB-K GMVL-R71P/NaB-K GMV-R90P/NaB-K GMVL-R90P/NaB-K GMV-R112P/NaB-K GMVL-R112P/NaB-K GMV-R140P/NaB-K GMVL-R140P/NaB-K GMV-R22PS/NaB-K GMVL-R22PS/NaB-K GMV-R28PS/NaB-K GMVL-R28PS/NaB-K GMV-R36PS/NaB-K GMVL-R36PS/NaB-K GMV-R45PS/NaB-K GMVL-R45PS/NaB-K GMV-R56PS/NaB-K GMVL-R56PS/NaB-K GMV-R71PS/NaB-K GMVL-R71PS/NaB-K GMV-R90PS/NaB-K GMVL-R90PS/NaB-K GMV-R112PS/NaB-K GMVL-R112PS/NaB-K GMV-R140PS/NaB-K GMVL-R140PS/NaB-K 7507 Heating (Btu/h) 8530 / 10918 / 13648 Ref Power Supply
PRODUCT
Appearance
9554
12284
15355
17060 / 21496 / 27296 / 34120 / 42650 / 51180 / 8530 / 10918 / 13648 / 17060 / 21496 / 27296 / 34120 / 42650 / 51180 / R410A 220-240V1Ph-50Hz R410A 220-240V1Ph-50Hz R410A 220-240V1Ph-50Hz
19108
24226
30709
38216
47770
7507
9554
12284
15355
19108
24226
30709
38216
47770
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF 1.2.2 Cassette type Capacity Heati Model Code Cooling (Btu/h) GMV-R22T/NaA-K GMVL-R22T/NaA-K GMV-R28T/NaA-K GMVL-R28T/NaA-K GMV-R36T/NaA-K GMVL-R36T/NaA-K GMV-R45T/NaA-K GMVL-R45T/NaA-K GMV-R28T/Na-K GMVL-R28T/Na-K GMV-R36T/Na-K GMVL-R36T/Na-K GMV-R45T/Na-K GMVL-R45T/Na-K GMV-R50T/Na-K GMVL-R50T/Na-K GMV-R56T/Na-K GMVL-R56T/Na-K GMV-R71T/Na-K GMVL-R71T/Na-K GMV-R90T/Na-K GMVL-R90T/Na-K GMV-R112T/Na-K GMVL-R112T/Na-K GMV-R125T/Na-K GMVL-R125T/Na-K GMV-R140T/Na-K GMVL-R140T/Na-K GMV-R22Td/Na-K GMVL-R22Td/Na-K GMV-R28Td/Na-K GMVL-R28Td/Na-K GMV-R36Td/Na-K GMVL-R36Td/Na-K CM500N0100 CM500N0140 CM500N0110 CM500N0150 CM500N0120 CM500N0160 CM500N0130 CM500N0170 EM503N0091 EM503N0101 EM501N0151 EM501N0160 EM503N0081 EM503N0111 EM501N0171 EM501N0181 EM503N0121 EM503N0131 EM501N0131 EM501N0141 EM501N0091 EM501N0101 EM501N0111 EM501N0121 CM501N0071 CM501N0081 CM501N0091 CM501N0101 CM502N0010 CM502N0020 CM502N0030 CM502N0040 CM502N0050 CM502N0060 ng (Btu/h ) 7506 9550 12280 15360 9550 12280 15360 17060 19100 24230 30700 38210 42650 47770 7506 9550 12280 8530 Ref Power Supply Appearance
PRODUCT
/
10900
/
13650
R410A
220-240V1Ph-50Hz
/
17060
/
10900 / 13650 / 17060 / 19790 / 21500 / 27300 / 34120 / 42650 / 46062 R410A 220-240V1Ph-50Hz
/
49470
/
8530 / 10900 / 13650 / R410A 220-240V1Ph-50Hz
PRODUCT
1.2.3 Wall mounted type Capacity Model GMV-R22G/NaB-K GMVL-R22G/NaB-K GMV-R28G/NaB-K GMVL-R28G/NaB-K GMV-R36G/NaB-K GMVL-R36G/NaB-K GMV-R45G/NaB-K GMVL-R45G/NaB-K GMV-R50G/NaB-K GMVL-R50G/NaB-K GMV-R56G/NaB-K GMVL-R56G/NaB-K GMV-R22G/NaC-K GMVL-R22G/NaC-K GMV-R28G/NaC-K GMVL-R28G/NaC-K GMV-R36G/NaC-K GMVL-R36G/NaC-K GMV-R45G/NaC-K GMVL-R45G/NaC-K GMV-R71G/Na-K GMVL-R71G/Na-K GMV-R80G/Na-K GMVL-R80G/Na-K Code EM100N0070 EM100N0080 EM100N0090 EM100N0100 EM100N0110 EM100N0120 EM100N0130 EM100N0130 CM100N0020 CM100N0040 CM100N0010 CM100N0050 EM100N0270 EM100N0280 EM100N0290 EM100N0300 EM100N0310 EM100N0320 EM100N0330 EM100N0340 CM100N0030 CM100N0060 CM100N0080 CM100N0070 Cooling (Btu/h) 7507 9554 12284 15355 17061 19108 7507 9554 12284 15355 24226 27297 Heating (Btu/h) 8530 / 10919 / 13649 / 17061 / 19790 / 21496 / 8530 / 10919 / 13649 / 17061 / 27297 / 30709 / R410A 20-240V1Ph-50Hz Ref Power Supply Appearance
PRODUCT
1.2.4 Floor ceiling type

Capacity Model GMV-R28Zd/Na-K GMVL-R28Zd/Na-K GMV-R36Zd/Na-K GMVL-R36Zd/Na-K GMV-R50Zd/Na-K GMVL-R50Zd/Na-K GMV-R71Zd/Na-K GMVL-R71Zd/Na-K GMV-R90Zd/Na-K GMVL-R90Zd/Na-K GMV-R112Zd/Na-K GMVL-R112Zd/Na-K GMV-R125Zd/Na-K GMVL-R125Zd/Na-K Cooling (Btu/h) 9554 12284 17061 24226 30709 38216 42652 Heating (Btu/h) 10919 / 13649 / 19790 / 27297 / 34121 / 42652 / 46064 / R410A 220-240V1Ph-50Hz Ref Power Supply Appearance
Note:1Ton =12000Btu/h = 3.517kW
PRODUCT
2 NOMENCLATURE
2.1 Nomenclature of Outdoor Unit
GMV 1 2 Rm 3 1800 4 W 5 4 6 / Na 7 8
NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Description GREE multi variable Model Code Rm Nominal cooling capacity W Modle quantity Refrigerant Power complement
Options
L: Cooling Only Default: Heat pump Modular Digital eg:1800:180KW Outdoor unit
R410A M:380-415V-3Ph-50Hz; K:220-240V-1Ph-50Hz
2.2 Nomenclature of indoor unit

GMV 1 2 R 3 4 5 / Na 6 7 8
NO. 1 2 3 4
Description Code for type Model Code Code for function Nominal cooling capacity
Options GREE multi variable L: Cooling Only Default: Heat pump Digital scroll 36 represents 3.6kW Btu/h=kW3412 G: wall mounted P: ducted
Indoor unit
T: cassette Zd: floor ceiling Td=1-way Casstte type
6 7 8
Refrigerant: Series Number Power complement
Na: R410A B :Second generation M:380-415V-3Ph-50Hz; K:220-240V-1Ph-50Hz
PRODUCT
3 FUNCTION
Duct Function Auto Restart Fan operation Mode Auto Swing Controller Timer Selector Auto Mode Operation For Comfortable Air Conditioning Cool Mode Operation Heat Mode Operation Dry Mode Operation Fan Mode Operation Sleep mode setting Hot Start Drain Pump Double Remote Control For Flexible Control Group Control by 1 Remote Controller Control by External Command :Have Functions - :No Functions type Cassette type Wall Mounted type Floor and ceiling type
PRODUCT
4 PRODUCT DATA
4.1 Product data of outdoor
Model Cooling capacity Heating capacity Sound Pressure Level R410A charge amount Power Supply Rated power Rated current Cooling Heating Cooling Heating WDH Package dimensionmm WDH Compressor Water proof level Climate type Gas pipe Liquid pipe mm Inch mm Inch Connection pipe Notes: a. The data will change with the change of products. Refer to those parameters listed on nameplate. b. Noise was tested in semi-silenced room, so the actual noise value will be a little higher for change of ambient. c. The charge amount of refrigerant in the list is the datum when there is not drop height vertically between indoor unit and outdoor unit, without consideration of connection pipe. So calculate the additional charge amount according to actual condition during installation. d. Section area of lead wire is only applicable for 15-m distance.If above, increase the section area to avoid overload of current which would cause burnout of lead wire. e. The outdoor fan of this unit is without static pressure.If static pressure is required, please specially notice it on purchase order. kW kW A A kW kW
dB(A)
GMV-Rm224W/Na-M 22.4 25.0 58 14 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 8.3 7.8 17.8 16.7 9307701670 1030X850X1850 Digital scroll compressor +constant speed scroll compressor IP24 T1 22.2 7/8 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection kg kg mm p c
2
GMV-Rm280W/Na-M 28.0 31.0 58 16 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 10.7 9.1 22.9 19.6 9307701670 1030X850X1850 Digital scroll compressor +constant speed scroll compressor IP24 T1 22.2 7/8 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 300 330 6.05
kg
Dimension mm
Connecting mode Net weight Gross weight
280 310 4.05
Recommended power cord
10
PRODUCT
Model Cooling capacity Heating capacity Sound Pressure Level R410A charge amount Power Supply Rated power Rated current Cooling Heating Cooling Heating WDH Package dimensionmm WDH Compressor Water proof level Climate type Gas pipe Liquid pipe mm Inch mm Inch Connection pipe Notes: kW kW A A kW kW
dB(A)
GMV-Rm335W/Na-M 33.5 36.5 62 17 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 12.6 10.2 27.0 21.8 13407701670 1420X850X1850 Digital scroll compressor +constant speed scroll compressor1 IP24 T1 28.6 9/8 12.7 1/2 Brazing Connectio 410 450 6.05
GMV-Rm400W/Na-M 40.0 44.0 62 18 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 16.1 12.6 34.5 27.0 13407701670 1420X850X1850 Digital scroll compressor +constant speed scroll compressor2 IP24 T1 28.6 9/8 12.7 1/2 Brazing Connection 450 490 10.05
kg
Dimension mm
Connecting mode Net weight Gross weight kg kg mm pc

2
Recommended power cord
a. The data will change with the change of products. Refer to those parameters listed on nameplate. b. Noise was tested in semi-silenced room, so the actual noise value will be a little higher for change of ambient. c. The charge amount of refrigerant in the list is the datum when there is not drop height vertically between indoor unit and outdoor unit, without consideration of connection pipe. So calculate the additional charge amount according to actual condition during installation. d. Section area of lead wire is only applicable for 15-m distance.If above, increase the section area to avoid overload of current which would cause burnout of lead wire. e. The outdoor fan of this unit is without static pressure.If static pressure is required, please specially notice it on purchase order.
11
PRODUCT
Model Cooling capacity Heating capacity Sound Pressure Level R410A charge amount Power Supply Rated power Rated current Cooling Heating Cooling Heating kW kW A A kW kW
dB(A)
GMV-Rm450W/Na-M 45.0 49.5 62 20 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 18.0 14.7 38.6 31.6 13407701670
GMV-Rm504W/Na-M 50.4 55.0 62 20 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 18.8 15.0 39.1 32.2 13407701670
kg
Dimension mm WDH Package dimensionmm WDH Compressor Water proof level Climate type Gas pipe Connection pipe Notes: Liquid pipe Oil equalizing pipe Connecting mode Net weight Gross weight Recommended power cord kg kg mm2pc mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch
1420X850X1850 Digital scroll compressor +constant speed scroll compressor2 IP24 T1 28.6 9/8 12.7 1/2 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connectio 450 490 10.05
1420X850X1850 Digital scroll compressor +constant speed scroll compressor2 IP24 T1 28.6 9/8 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 450 490 10.05
12
PRODUCT
Model Combined unit ModelSingle unit Cooling capacity Heating capacity Sound Pressure Level R410A charge amount Power Supply Rated power Rated current Cooling Heating Cooling Heating WDH kW kW A A kW kW
dB(A)
GMV-Rm560W2/Na-M GMV-Rm280W/Na-M + GMV-Rm280W/Na-M 56.0 60.0 62 16+16 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 10.7+10.7 9.1+9.1 22.9+22.9 19.6+19.6 9307701670+ 9307701670 Digital scroll compressor
GMV-Rm615W2/Na-M GMV-Rm280W/Na-M + GMV-Rm335W/Na-M 61.5 65.0 62 16+17 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 10.7+12.6 9.1+10.2 22.9+27.0 19.6+21.8 9307701670+ 13407701670 Digital scroll compressor +constant speed scroll compressor+Digital scroll compressor +constant speed scroll compressor1 IP24 T1 28.6 9/8 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 300+410 6.05+6.05
kg
Dimension mm
Compressor
+constant speed scroll compressor2
Water proof level Climate type Gas pipe Connection pipe Notes: Liquid pipe Oil equalizing pipe mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch kg mm2pc
IP24 T1 28.6 9/8 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connectio 300+300 6.05+6.05
Connecting mode Net weight Recommended power cord
13
PRODUCT
Model Combined unit ModelSingle unit Cooling capacity Heating capacity Sound Pressure Level R410A charge amount Power Supply Rated power Rated current Cooling Heating Cooling Heating WDH kW kW A A kW kW
dB(A)
GMV-Rm670W2/Na-M GMV-Rm335W/Na-M + GMV-Rm335W/Na-M 67.0 73.0 62 17+17 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 12.6+12.6 10.2+10.2 27.0+27.0 21.8+21.8 13407701670+ 13407701670 Digital scroll compressor
GMV-Rm730W2/Na-M GMV-Rm335W/Na-M + GMV-Rm400W/Na-M 73.5 80.0 63 17+18 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 12.6+16.1 10.2+12.6 27.0+34.5 21.8+27.0 13407701670+ 13407701670 Digital scroll compressor+constant speed scroll compressor1+Digital scroll compressor +constant speed scroll compressor2 IP24 T1 34.9 11/8 19.05 3/4 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 410+450 6.05+10.05
kg
Dimension mm
Compressor
+constant speed scroll compressor12
Water proof level Climate type Gas pipe Connection pipe Liquid pipe Oil equalizing pipe mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch kg mm2pc
IP24 T1 28.6 9/8 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connectio 410+410 6.05+6.05
Connecting mode Net weight Recommended power cord Notes:
a. The data will change with the change of products. Refer to those parameters listed on nameplate. b. Noise was tested in semi-silenced room, so the actual noise value will be a litter higher for change of ambient. c. The charge amount of refrigerant in the list is the datum when there is not drop height vertically between indoor unit and outdoor unit, without consideration of connection pipe. So calculate the additional charge amount according to actual condition during installation. d. Section area of lead wire is only applicable for 15-m distance.If above, increase the section area to avoid overload of current which would cause burnout of lead wire. e. The outdoor fan of this unit is without static pressure.If static pressure is required, please specially notice it on purchase order.
14
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Model Combined unit ModelSingle unit Cooling capacity Heating capacity Sound Pressure Level R410A charge amount Power Supply Rated power Rated current Cooling Heating Cooling Heating WDH Compressor Water proof level Climate type Gas pipe Connection pipe Liquid pipe Oil equalizing pipe mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch kg mm2pc kW kW A A kW kW
dB(A)
PRODUCT GMV-Rm800W2/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M + GMV-Rm400W/Na-M 80.0 85.0 63 18+18 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 16.1+16.1 12.6+12.6 34.5+34.5 27.0+27.0 13407701670+ 13407701670 Digital scroll compressor+constant speed scroll compressor22 IP24 T1 34.9 11/8 19.05 3/4 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connectio 450+450 10.05+10.05 GMV-Rm850W2/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M + GMV-Rm450W/Na-M 85.0 90.0 63 18+20 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 16.1+18.0 12.6+14.7 34.5+38.6 27.0+31.6 13407701670+ 13407701670 Digital scroll compressor+constant speed scroll compressor22 IP24 T1 34.9 11/8 19.05 3/4 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 450+450 10.05+10.05
kg
Dimension mm
15
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Model Combined unit ModelSingle unit Cooling capacity Heating capacity Sound Pressure Level R410A charge amount Power Supply Rated power Rated current Cooling Heating Cooling Heating WDH Compressor Water proof level Climate type Gas pipe Connection pipe Liquid pipe Oil equalizing pipe mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch kg mm
2
PRODUCT GMV-Rm900W2/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M + GMV-Rm450W/Na-M 90.0 98.0 63 20+20 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz GMV-Rm954W2/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M + GMV-Rm504W/Na-M 95.0 103.0 63 20+20 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 18.0+18.8 14.7+15.0 38.6+39.1 31.6+32.2 13407701670+ 13407701670 Digital scroll compressor+constant speed scroll compressor22 IP24 T1 34.9 11/8 19.05 3/4 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 450+450 10.05+10.05
kW kW
dB(A)
kg
kW kW A A
18.0+18.0 14.7+14.7 38.6+38.6 31.6+31.6 13407701670+ 13407701670 Digital scroll compressor+constant speed scroll compressor22 IP24 T1 34.9 11/8 19.05 3/4 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 450+450 10.05+10.05
Dimension mm
pc
16
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Model Combined unit ModelSingle unit Cooling capacity Heating capacity Sound Pressure Level R410A charge amount Power Supply Rated power Rated current Cooling Heating Cooling Heating WDH kW kW A A kW kW
dB(A)
PRODUCT GMV-Rm1008W2/Na-M GMV-Rm504W/Na-M + GMV-Rm504W/Na-M 100.8 111.3 63 20+20 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 18.8+18.8 15.0+15.0 39.1+39.1 32.2+32.2 13407701670+ 13407701670 Digital scroll GMV-Rm1070W3/Na-M GMV-Rm335W/Na-M + GMV-Rm335W/Na-M + GMV-Rm400W/Na-M 107 115 64 17+17+18 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 12.6+12.6+16.1 10.2+10.2+12.6 27.0+27.0+34.5 21.8+21.8+27.0 13407701670+13407701670 +13407701670 Digital scroll compressor+constant speed scroll compressor2 + Digital scroll compressor+constant speed scroll compressor2 IP24 T1 41.3 13/8 19.05 3/4 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 410+410+450 6.05+6.05+10.05
kg
Dimension mm
Compressor
compressor+constant speed scroll compressor22
Water proof level Climate type Gas pipe Connection pipe Liquid pipe Oil equalizing pipe mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch kg mm p c
2
IP24 T1 41.3 13/8 19.05 3/4 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 450+450 10.05+10.05
17
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Model Combined unit ModelSingle unit Cooling capacity Heating capacity Sound Pressure Level R410A charge amount Power Supply Rated power Rated current Cooling Heating Cooling Heating kW kW A A kW kW
dB(A)
PRODUCT GMV-Rm1135W3/Na-M GMV-Rm335W/Na-M + GMV-Rm400W/Na-M + GMV-Rm400W/Na-M 113.0 124.0 64 17+18+18 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 12.6+16.1+16.1 10.2+12.6+12.6 27.0+34.5+34.5 21.8+27.0+27.0 1340770167013407701670 + +13407701670 Digital scroll compressor+constant GMV-Rm1200W3/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M + GMV-Rm400W/Na-M + GMV-Rm400W/Na-M 120.0 130.0 64 18+18+18 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 16.1+16.1+16.1 12.6+12.6+12.6 34.5+34.5+34.5 27.0+27.0+27.0 13407701670+ 13407701670 +13407701670 Digital scroll compressor+constant speed scroll compressor23 IP24 T1 41.3 13/8 19.05 3/4 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 450+450+450 10.05+10.05+10.05
kg
Dimension mm WDH
Compressor
speed scroll compressor+ Digital scroll compressor+constant speed scroll compressor22 IP24 T1 mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch kg mm2pc 41.3 13/8 19.05 3/4 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 410+450+450 6.05+10.05+10.05
Water proof level Climate type Gas pipe Connection pipe Notes: Liquid pipe Oil equalizing pipe
18
dB(A)
PRODUCT GMV-Rm1250W3/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M + GMV-Rm400W/Na-M + GMV-Rm450W/Na-M 125 140 64 18+18+20 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 16.1+16.1+18.0 12.6+12.6+14.7 34.5+34.5+38.6 27.0+27.0+31.6 1340770167013407701670 + +13407701670 Digital scroll compressor+constant speed scroll compressor23 IP24 T1 GMV-Rm1300W3/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M + GMV-Rm450W/Na-M + GMV-Rm450W/Na-M 130.0 143.0 64 18+20+20 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 16.1+18.0+18.0 12.6+14.7+14.7 34.5+38.6+38.6 27.0+31.6+31.6 13407701670+ 13407701670 +13407701670 Digital scroll compressor+constant speed scroll compressor23 IP24 T1 41.3 13/8 19.05 3/4 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 450+450+450 10.05+10.05+10.05
kg
Dimension mm WDH Compressor Water proof level Climate type Gas pipe Connection pipe Liquid pipe Oil equalizing pipe mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch kg mm p c
2
41.3 13/8 19.05 3/4 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 450+450+450 10.05+10.05+10.05
19
dB(A)
PRODUCT GMV-Rm1350W3/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M + GMV-Rm450W/Na-M + GMV-Rm450W/Na-M 135.0 145.0 64 20+20+20 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 18.0+18.0+18.0 14.7+14.7+14.7 38.6+38.6+38.6 31.6+31.6+31.6 13407701670+ 13407701670 +13407701670 Digital scroll compressor+constant speed scroll compressor23 IP24 T1 GMV-Rm1405W3/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M + GMV-Rm450W/Na-M + GMV-Rm504W/Na-M 140.5 150.0 64 20+20+20 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 18.0+18.0+18.8 14.7+14.7+15.0 38.6+38.6+39.1 31.6+31.6+32.2 13407701670+ 13407701670 +13407701670 Digital scroll compressor+constant speed scroll compressor23 IP24 T1 44.5 7/4 22.2 7/8 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 450+450+450 10.05+10.05+10.05
kg
Dimension mm WDH
Compressor Water proof level Climate type Gas pipe Connection pipe Notes: Liquid pipe Oil equalizing pipe mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch kg mm2pc
41.3 13/8 19.05 3/4 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 450+450+450 10.05+10.05+10.05
20
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Model Combined unit ModelSingle unit Cooling capacity Heating capacity Sound Pressure Level R410A charge amount Power Supply Rated power Rated current Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Dimension mm WDH kW kW A A kW kW
dB(A)
PRODUCT GMV-Rm1458W3/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M + GMV-Rm504W/Na-M + GMV-Rm504W/Na-M 145.8 160.0 64 20+20+20 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 18.0+18.8+18.8 14.7+15.0+15.0 38.6+39.1+39.1 31.6+32.2+32.2 13407701670+ 13407701670 +13407701670 Digital scroll compressor+constant speed scroll compressor23 IP24 T1 mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch 44.5 7/4 22.2 7/8 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 450+450+450 10.05+10.05+10.05 GMV-Rm1512W3/Na-M GMV-Rm504W/Na-M + GMV-Rm504W/Na-M + GMV-Rm504W/Na-M 151.2 165.0 65 20+20+20 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 18.8+18.8+18.8 15.0+15.0+15.0 39.1+39.1+39.1 32.2+32.2+32.2 13407701670+ 13407701670 +13407701670 Digital scroll compressor+constant speed scroll compressor23 IP24 T1 44.5 7/4 22.2 7/8 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 450+450+450 10.05+10.05+10.05
kg
Compressor Water proof level Climate type Gas pipe Connection pipe Notes: Liquid pipe Oil equalizing pipe
Connecting mode Net weight Recommended power cord kg mm2pc
21
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Model Combined unit GMV-Rm1600W4/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M ModelSingle unit + GMV-Rm400W/Na-M + GMV-Rm400W/Na-M + GMV-Rm400W/Na-M Cooling capacity Heating capacity Sound Pressure Level R410A charge amount Power Supply Rated power Rated current Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Dimension mm WDH kW kW A A kW kW
dB(A)
PRODUCT GMV-Rm1650W4/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M + GMV-Rm400W/Na-M + GMV-Rm400W/Na-M + GMV-Rm450W/Na-M 165.0 180.0 65 18+18+18+20 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 16.1+16.1+16.1+18.0 12.6+12.6+12.6+14.7 34.5+34.5+34.5+38.6 27.0+27.0+27.0+31.6 13407701670+ 13407701670 +13407701670+ 13407701670 Digital scroll compressor1+constant speed scroll compressor 24 IP24 T1 54.1 17/8 25.4 1 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 450+450+450+450 10.05+10.05+10.05+10.05
160.0 175.0 65 18+18+18+18 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 16.1+16.1+16.1+16.1 12.6+12.6+12.6+12.6 34.5+34.5+34.5+34.5 27.0+27.0+27.0+27.0 13407701670+ 13407701670 +13407701670+ 13407701670 Digital scroll compressor1+constant speed scroll compressor 24 IP24 T1
kg
Compressor
Water proof level Climate type Gas pipe Connection pipe Notes: Liquid pipe Oil equalizing pipe Connecting mode Net weight Recommended power cord kg mm pc
2
mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch
44.5 7/4 22.2 7/8 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 450+450+450+450 10.05+10.05+10.05+10.05
22
dB(A)
PRODUCT GMV-Rm1750W4/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M + GMV-Rm450W/Na-M + GMV-Rm450W/Na-M + GMV-Rm450W/Na-M 175.0 190.0 65 18+20+20+20 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 16.1+18.0+18.0+18.0 12.6+14.7+14.7+14.7 34.5+38.6+38.6+38.6 27.0+31.6+31.6+31.6 13407701670+ 13407701670 +13407701670+ 13407701670 Digital scroll compressor1+constant speed scroll compressor 24 IP24 T1 54.1 17/8 25.4 1 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 450+450+450+450 10.05+10.05+10.05+10.05
kg
Compressor
Water proof level Climate type Gas pipe Connection pipe Liquid pipe Oil equalizing pipe Connecting mode Net weight Recommended power cord kg mm2pc mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch
54.1 17/8 25.4 1 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 450+450+450+450 10.05+10.05+10.05+10.05
23
dB(A)
PRODUCT GMV-Rm1854W4/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M + GMV-Rm450W/Na-M + GMV-Rm450W/Na-M + GMV-Rm504W/Na-M 185.4 200 65 20+20+20+20 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 18.0+18.0+18.0+18.8 14.7+14.7+14.7+15.0 38.6+38.6+38.6+39.1 31.6+31.6+31.6+32.2 13407701670+ 13407701670 +13407701670+ 13407701670 Digital scroll compressor1+constant speed scroll compressor 24 IP24 T1 54.1 17/8 25.4 1 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 450+450+450+450 10.05+10.05+10.05+10.05
kg
Compressor
Water proof level Climate type Gas pipe Connection pipe Liquid pipe Oil equalizing pipe Connecting mode Net weight Recommended power cord Notes: kg mm2pc mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch
54.1 17/8 25.4 1 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 450+450+450+450 10.05+10.05+10.05+10.05
24
dB(A)
PRODUCT GMV-Rm1962W4/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M + GMV-Rm504W/Na-M + GMV-Rm504W/Na-M + GMV-Rm504W/Na-M 196.2 210 65 20+20+20+20 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 18.0+18.8+18.8+18.8 14.7+15.0+15.0+15.0 38.6+39.1+39.1+39.1 31.6+32.2+32.2+32.2 13407701670+ 13407701670 +13407701670+ 13407701670 Digital scroll compressor1+constant speed scroll compressor 24 IP24 T1 54.1 17/8 25.4 1 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 450+450+450+450 10.05+10.05+10.05+10.05
kg
Compressor
Water proof level Climate type Gas pipe Connection pipe Notes: Liquid pipe Oil equalizing pipe Connecting mode Net weight Recommended power cord kg mm p c
2
mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch
54.1 17/8 25.4 1 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 450+450+450+450 10.05+10.05+10.05+10.0 5
25
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Model Combined unit GMV-Rm2016W4/Na-M GMV-Rm504W/Na-M ModelSingle unit + GMV-Rm504W/Na-M + GMV-Rm504W/Na-M + GMV-Rm504W/Na-M Cooling capacity Heating capacity Sound Pressure Level R410A charge amount Power Supply Rated power Rated current Cooling Heating Cooling Heating Dimension mm WDH Compressor Water proof level Climate type Gas pipe Connection pipe Liquid pipe Oil equalizing pipe Connecting mode Net weight Recommended power cord Notes: a. The data will change with the change of products. Refer to those parameters listed on nameplate. kg mm2pc mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch kW kW A A kW kW
dB(A)
PRODUCT
201.6 215.0 65 20+20+20+20 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 18.8+18.8+18.8+18.8 15.0+15.0+15.0+15.0 39.1+39.1+39.1+39.1 32.2+32.2+32.2+32.2 13407701670+13407701670 +13407701670+13407701670 Digital scroll compressor1+constant speed scroll compressor 24 IP24 T1 54.1 17/8 25.4 1 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 450+450+450+450 10.05+10.05+10.05+10.05
kg
b. Noise was tested in semi-silenced room, so the actual noise value will be a litter higher for change of ambient. c. The charge amount of refrigerant in the list is the datum when there is not drop height vertically between indoor unit and outdoor unit, without consideration of connection pipe. So calculate the additional charge amount according to actual condition during installation. d. Section area of lead wire is only applicable for 15-m distance.If above, increase the section area to avoid overload of current which would cause burnout of lead wire. e. The outdoor fan of this unit is without static pressure.If static pressure is required, please specially notice it on purchase order.
26
PRODUCT
4.2 Product data of indoor

4.2.1 Duct Type Model Cooling Capacity Heating Capacity Air Flow Rate Sound Pressure Level (H/L) External Static Pressure Power Supply Output Fan Motor Running Current Gas Pipe Connecting Pipes Liquid Pipe kW A mm inch mm inch kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) Pa GMV(L)-R22P/Na-K 2.2 7506 2.5 8530 450 265 37/33 25 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.02 0.17 9.52 3/8 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection 201.5 875680220 1012708275 27/31 GMV(L)-R25P/Na-K 2.5 8530 3.0 10236 450 265 37/33 25 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.02 0.17 9.52 3/8 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection 201.5 875680220 1012708275 27/31 GMV(L)-R28P/Na-K 2.8 9554 3.2 10918 570 336 39/35 25 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.02 0.16 9.52 3/8 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection 201.5 875680220 1012708275 27/31
Connection Method Drain Pipes External Dia. Thickness Unit Dimensions (WDH) Package Dimensions (WDH) WeightNet/Gross Notes: mm mm mm kg
a. The design of this unit comply with the national executing standard of GB/T 18837-2002; b. Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit; c. The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit; while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit; the cooling only units dose not have any parameters of performing heating; d. The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation.
27
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Model Cooling Capacity Heating Capacity Air Flow Rate Sound Pressure Level (H/L) External Static Pressure Power Supply Output Fan Motor Running Current Gas Pipe Connectin g Pipes Liquid Pipe kW A mm inch mm inch kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) Pa GMV(L)-R32P/Na-K 3.2 10919 3.6 12283 570 336 39/35 25 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.02 0.16 12.7 1/2 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection 201.5 875680220 1012708275 27/31 GMV(L)-R36P/Na-K 3.6 12284 4.0 13648 570 336 39/35 25 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.02 0.16 12.7 1/2 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection 201.5 875680220 1012708275 27/31
PRODUCT GMV(L)-R40P/Na-K 4.0 13649 4.5 15354 840 494 40/36 20 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.07 0.69 12.7 1/2 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection 301.5 980736266 1068766320 36/39
28
29
30
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Model Cooling Capacity Heating Capacity Air Flow Rate Sound Pressure Level (H/L) External Static Pressure Power Supply Output Fan Motor Running Current Gas Pipe Connecting Pipes Liquid Pipe kW A mm inch mm inch kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) Pa GMV(L)-R90P/Na-K 9.0 30709 10.0 34120 2000 1177 44/40 100 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.225 2.14 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 301.5 1385736300 1514795360 75/79 GMV(L)-R100P/Na-K 10.0 34121 11.0 37532 2000 1177 44/40 100 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.225 2.14 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 301.5 1385736300 1514795360 75/79
31
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Model Cooling Capacity Heating Capacity Air Flow Rate Sound Pressure Level (H/L) External Static Pressure Power Supply Output Fan Motor Running Current Gas Pipe Connectin g Pipes Liquid Pipe kW A mm inch mm inch kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) Pa GMV(L)-R125P/NaK 12.5 42652 13.5 46060 2000 1177 44/40 100 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.225 2.14 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 301.5 1385736300 1514795360 75/79 GMV(L)-R140P/Na-K 14.0 47770 15.0 51180 2000 1177 45/41 50 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.225 2.14 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 301.5 1385736300 1514795360 75/79
PRODUCT GMV(L)-R224P/NaK 22.4 76432 25.0 85304 4000 2354 54(H) 120 380V,3Ph50Hz 1.1 2.8 19.05 3/4 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 1screwed joint 15001000500 18401200673 150/200
32
PRODUCT
Model Cooling Capacity Heating Capacity Air Flow Rate Sound Pressure Level (H/L) External Static Pressure Power Supply Fan Motor Output Running Current Gas Pipe Connecting Pipes Liquid Pipe Connection Method Drain Pipes External Dia. Thickness Unit Dimensions (WDH) Package Dimensions (WDH) WeightNet/Gross Notes: mm mm mm kg kW A mm inch mm inch kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) Pa
GMV(L)-R280P/Na-K 28.0 95540 31.0 105780 4800 2825 57(H) 120 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 1.5 3.3 22.2 7/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 1screwed joint 15001000500 18401200673 170/220
33
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Model Cooling Capacity kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) Pa GMV(L)-R22P/NaB-K 2.2 7507 2.5 8530 450 265 37/33 50/20 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz kW A mm inch mm inch 0.04 028 GMV(L)-R28P/NaB-K 2.8 9554 3.2 10918 570 335 39/35 50/20 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.06 0.41
PRODUCT GMV(L)-R36P/NaB-K 3.6 12284 4.0 13648 570 336 39/35 50/20 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.06 0.41
Heating Capacity
Air Flow Rate Sound Pressure Level (H/L) External Static Pressure Power Supply Output Fan Motor Running Current Gas Pipe Connecting Pipes Liquid Pipe
9.52
3/8
9.52
3/8
12.7
1/2
6.35
1/4 Flare Connection
6.35
6.35
201.5
880655250 1020745305 27/31
201.5
880655250 1020745305 28.5/33.5
201.5
880655250 1020745305 28.5/33.5
34
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Model Cooling Capacity kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) Pa GMV(L)-R45P/NaB-K 4.5 15355 5.0 17060 700 412 40/36 50/20 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz kW A mm inch mm inch 0.07 0.55 GMV(L)-R56P/NaB-K 5.6 19108 6.3 21496 1000 589 44/40 60/30 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.15 1.3 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 301.5
PRODUCT GMV(L)-R71P/NaB-K 7.1 24226 8.0 27296 1100 647 45/41 60/30 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.15 1.3 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 301.5
Heating Capacity
Air Flow Rate Sound Pressure Level (H/L) External Static Pressure Power Supply Fan Motor Output Running Current Gas Pipe Connecting Pipes
12.7
1/2
Liquid Pipe
6.35
1/4 Flare Connection 301.5
Connection Method Drain Pipes External Dia. Thickness Unit Dimensions (WDH) Package Dimensions (WDH) WeightNet/Gross mm
mm
980721266
1155756300
1155756300
mm kg
1068766320 34/37
1245785360 49/56
1245785360 49/56
Notes: a. Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit; b. The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit; while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit; the cooling only units dose not have any parameters of performing heating; c. The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation.
35
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Model Cooling Capacity kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) Pa GMV(L)-R90P/NaB-K 9.0 30709 10.0 34120 1700 1001 48/44 80/40 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz kW A mm inch mm inch 0.225 2.15 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 301.5 GMV(L)-R112P/NaB-K 11.2 38216 12.5 42650 1700 1177 48/44 80/40 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.225 2.15 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 301.5
PRODUCT GMV(L)-R140P/NaB-K 14.0 47770 15.0 51180 2000 1177 50/46 100/50 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.26 2.67 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 301.5
Heating Capacity
Liquid Pipe
mm
1425736300
1425736300
1425736300
mm kg
1514785360 62/71
1514785360 62/71
1514785360 63.5/73
36
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Model Cooling Capacity kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) Pa GMV(L)-R22PS/NaB-K 2.2 7507 2.5 8530 450 265 37/33 50/20 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz kW A mm inch mm inch 0.04 0.28 GMV(L)-R28PS/NaB-K 2.8 9554 3.2 10918 570 335 39/35 50/20 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.06 0.41
PRODUCT GMV(L)-R36PS/NaB-K 3.6 12284 4.0 13648 570 336 39/35 50/20 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.06 0.41
Heating Capacity
9.52
3/8
9.52
3/8
12.7
1/2
Liquid Pipe
6.35
6.35
6.35
Connection Method Drain Pipes External Dia. Thickness Unit Dimensions (WDH) Package Dimensions (WDH) WeightNet/Gross mm mm mm kg
201.5
880655250 1020745305 28.5/33.5
201.5
880655250 1020745305 30.5/35.5
201.5
880655250 1020745305 30.5/35.5
37
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Model Cooling Capacity kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) Pa GMV(L)-R45PS/NaB-K 4.5 15355 5.0 17060 700 412 40/36 50/20 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz kW A mm inch mm inch 0.07 0.55 GMV(L)-R56PS/NaB-K 5.6 19108 6.3 21496 1000 589 44/40 60/30 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.15 1.3 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 301.5
PRODUCT GMV(L)-R71PS/NaB-K 7.1 24226 8.0 27296 1100 647 45/41 60/30 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.15 1.3 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 301.5
Heating Capacity
12.7
1/2
Liquid Pipe
6.35
1/4 Flare Connection 301.5
mm
980721266
1155756300
1155756300
mm kg
1068766320 36/39
1245785360 51/58
1245785360 51/58
38
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Model Cooling Capacity kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) Pa GMV(L)-R90PS/NaB-K 9.0 30709 10.0 34120 1700 1001 48/44 80/40 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz kW A mm inch mm inch 0.225 2.15 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 301.5 GMV(L)-R112PS/NaB-K 11.2 38216 12.5 42650 1700 1177 48/44 80/40 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.225 2.15 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 301.5
PRODUCT GMV(L)-R140PS/NaB-K 14.0 47770 15.0 51180 2000 1177 50/46 100/50 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.26 2.67 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 301.5
Heating Capacity
Air Flow Rate Sound Pressure Level (H/L) External Static Pressure Power Supply Output Fan Motor Running Current Gas Pipe Connecting Pipes Liquid Pipe
Connection Method Drain Pipes External Dia. Thickness Unit Dimensions (WDH) Package Dimensions (WDH) WeightNet/Gross Notes: mm
mm
1425736300
1425736300
1425736300
mm kg
1514785360 64/73
1514785360 64/73
1514785360 65.5/75
a. Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit; b. The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit; while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit; the cooling only units dose not have any parameters of performing heating; c. The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation.
39
PRODUCT
4.2.2Cassete Type
GMV (L)R22T/NaA-K kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) 2.2 7506 2.5 8530 600 353 47/41 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz kW A mm inch mm inch 0.011 0.05 9.52 3/8 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection GMV(L)R28T/NaA-K 2.8 9554 3.2 10918 600 353 47/41 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.011 0.05 GMV(L)R36T/NaA-K 3.6 12283 4.0 13648 600 353 47/41 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.011 0.05 12.7 1/2 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection GMV(L)R45T/NaA-K 4.5 15354 5.0 17060 600 353 47/41 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.011 0.05
Model
Cooling Capacity
Heating Capacity
Air Flow Rate Sound Pressure Level (H/L) Power Supply Output Fan Motor Running C Gas t
Pipe
Connecting Pipes
Liquid Pipe
Connection Method Drain Pipes (External Dia. Thickness) Unit Dimensions (WDH) Package Dimensions (WDH) Net Weight (Main body/Panel) Gross Weight (Main body/Panel) mm mm
301.5
Main body570570230
Panel65065050
mm
Main body848728310
Panel730670102
kg
20/5
kg
27/10
Notes: a. Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit; b. The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit; while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit; the cooling only units dose not have any parameters of performing heating; c. The sound level was tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation.
40
PRODUCT
Model Cooling Capacity Heating Capacity Air Flow Rate Sound Pressure Level (H/L) External Static Pressure Power Supply Output Fan Motor Running Current Gas Pipe Connectin g Pipes Liquid Pipe kW A mm inch mm inch kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) Pa
GMV(L)-R28T/Na-K 2.8 9550 3.2 10900 680 400 37/34 0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.035 0.19 9.52 3/8 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection 301.5 840840190 95095060 25/31.5
41
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Model Cooling Capacity Heating Capacity Air Flow Rate Sound Pressure Level (H/L) External Static Pressure Power Supply Output Fan Motor Running Current Gas Pipe Connectin g Pipes Liquid Pipe kW A mm inch mm inch kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) Pa GMV(L)-R50T/Na-K 5.0 17060 5.8 19790 680 400 37/34 0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.035 0.28 12.7 1/2 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection 301.5 840840190 95095060 25/31.5 GMV(L)-R56T/Na-K 5.6 19100 6.3 21500 1180 695 39/35 0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.035 0.28 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 301.5 840840240 95095060 30/36.5
PRODUCT GMV(L)-R71T/Na-K 7.1 24230 8.0 27300 1180 695 39/35 0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.035 0.28 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 301.5 840840240 95095060 30/36.5
42
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Model Cooling Capacity Heating Capacity Air Flow Rate Sound Pressure Level (H/L) External Static Pressure Power Supply Fan Motor Output Running Current Gas Pipe Connectin g Pipes Liquid Pipe Connection Method Drain PipesExternal Dia. Thickness Unit Dimensions(WDH) Package Dimensions(WDH) WeightNet/Gross Notes: a. The design of this unit comply with the national executing standard of GB/T 18837-2002; b. Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit; mm mm mm kg kW A mm inch mm inch kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) Pa GMV(L)-R90T/Na-K 9.0 30700 10.0 34120 1860 1095 40/36 0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.06 0.59 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 301.5 840840320 95095060 38/44.5
PRODUCT GMV(L)-R112T/Na-K 11.2 38210 12.5 42650 1860 1095 40/36 0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.06 0.59 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 301.5 840840320 95095060 38/44.5
c. The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit; while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit; the cooling only units dose not have any parameters of performing heating; d. The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation.
43
PRODUCT
Model Cooling Capacity kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) Pa
GMV(L)-R125T/Na-K 12.5 42650 13.5 46062 1860 1095 40/36 0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz kW A mm inch mm inch 0.06 0.59 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 301.5
GMV(L)-R140T/Na-K 14.0 47770 14.5 49470 1860 1095 40/36 0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.06 0.59 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 301.5
Heating Capacity
Air Flow Rate Sound Pressure Level (H/L) External Static Pressure Power Supply Output Fan Motor Running Current Gas Pipe Connectin g Pipes Liquid Pipe
Connection Method Drain Pipes (External Dia. Thickness) Unit Dimensions (WDH) Package Dimensions (WDH) Net Weight (Main body/Panel) Gross Weight (Main body/Panel) Notes: mm mm
Main body840840320 Panel95095060 Main body960960394 Panel10401025115 38/6.5 46/10
mm
kg kg
44
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Model Cooling Capacity kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) Pa GMV(L)-R22Td/Na-K 2.2 7506 2.5 8530 450 265 45/41 0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz kW A mm inch mm inch 0.02 0.22 9.52 3/8 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection 301.5 GMV(L)-R28Td/Na-K 2.8 9550 3.2 10900 500 294 45/41 0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.02 0.22 9.52 3/8 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection 301.5
PRODUCT GMV(L)-R36Td/Na-K 3.6 12280 4.0 13650 500 294 45/41 0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.02 0.22 12.7 1/2 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection 301.5
Heating Capacity
Air Flow Rate Sound Pressure Level (H/L) External Static Pressure Power Supply Output Fan Motor Running Current Gas Pipe Connecting Pipes
Liquid Pipe
Connection Method Drain Pipes (External Dia. Thickness) Unit Dimensions (WDH) Package Dimensions (WDH) Net Weight (Main body/Panel) Gross Weight (Main body/Panel) mm
mm mm kg kg
Main body920360185 Main body1290465270
Panel118043030 Panel1260505110
16/3 25/5
Notes: a. Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit; b. The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit; while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit; the cooling only units dose not have any parameters of performing heating; c. The sound level was tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operat
45
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF 4.2.3Wall mounted Type Model Cooling Capacity Heating Capacity Air Flow Rate Sound Pressure Level (H/L) External Static Pressure Power Supply Output Fan Motor Running Current Gas Pipe Connecting Pipes Liquid Pipe kW A mm inch mm inch kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) Pa GMV(L)-R22G/NaB-K 2.2 7507 2.5 8530 360 212 37/28 0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.014 0.15 9.52 3/8 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection 201.5 GMV(L)-R28G/NaB-K 2.8 9554 3.2 10919 360 212 37/28 0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.014 0.15 9.52 3/8 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection 201.5
PRODUCT
GMV(L)-R36G/NaB-K 3.6 12284 4.0 13649 500 294 43/28 0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.022 0.22 12.7 1/2 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection 201.5
Connection Method Drain Pipes External Dia. Thickness Unit Dimensions (WDH) Package Dimensions (WDH) WeightNet/Gross Notes: mm mm kg mm
830189285 995394268 8/14.3
830189285 995394268 8/14.3
830189285 995394268 11/15.8
46
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Model Cooling Capacity Heating Capacity Air Flow Rate Sound Pressure Level (H/L) External Static Pressure Power Supply Output Fan Motor Running Current Gas Pipe Connecting Pipes Liquid Pipe kW A mm inch mm inch kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) Pa GMV(L)-R45G/NaB-K 4.5 15355 5.0 17061 500 294 43/28 0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.022 0.22 12.7 1/2 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection 201.5 830189285 1006385265 11/15.8 GMV(L)-R50G/NaB-K 5.0 17061 5.8 19790 700 412 45/40 0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.02 0.25 12.7 1/2 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection 301.5 1020228310 1178325390 15.5/20.5
PRODUCT GMV(L)-R56G/NaB-K 5.6 19108 6.3 21496 750 441 45/40 0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.02 0.26 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 301.5 1020228310 1178325390 15.5/20.5
47
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Model Cooling Capacity Heating Capacity Air Flow Rate Sound Pressure Level (H/L) External Static Pressure Power Supply Output Fan Motor Running Current Gas Pipe Connecting Pipes Liquid Pipe kW A mm inch mm inch kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) Pa GMV(L)-R22G/NaC-K 2.2 7507 2.5 8530 360 212 37/28 0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.014 0.15 9.52 3/8 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection 201.5 GMV(L)-R28G/NaC-K 2.8 9554 3.2 10919 360 212 37/28 0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.014 0.15 9.52 3/8 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection 201.5
PRODUCT GMV(L)-R36G/NaC-K 3.6 12284 4.0 13649 500 294 43/28 0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.022 0.22 12.7 1/2 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection 201.5
770190250 955330272 8/14.3
770190250 955272330 8/14.3
830189285 1006395295 11/15.8
a.The design of this unit comply with the national executing standard of GB/T 18837-2002; b. Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit; c. The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit; while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit; the cooling only units dose not have any parameters of performing heating; d. The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation.
48
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Model Cooling Capacity Heating Capacity Air Flow Rate Sound Pressure Level (H/L) External Static Pressure Power Supply Output Fan Motor Running Current Gas Pipe Connecting Pipes Liquid Pipe 7.1 24226 8.0 27297 1200 706 kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) Pa GMV(L)-R45G/NaC-K 4.5 15355 5.0 17061 500 294 43/28 0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.022 0.22 12.7 1/2 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection 301.5 GMV(L)-R71G/Na-K 7.1 24226 8.0 27297 1200 706 49/42 0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.026 0.29 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 301.5
PRODUCT GMV(L)-R80G/Na-K 8.0 27297 9.0 30709 1200 706 49/42 0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.026 0.39 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 301.5
830189285 1006395295 11/15.8
1178227326 1365417333 17.5/23
1178227326 1365417333 17.5/23
a.The design of this unit comply with the national executing standard of GB/T 18837-2002; b. Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit; c. The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit; while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit; the cooling only units dose not have any parameters of performing heating; d. The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation
49
PRODUCT
4.2.4Floor Ceiling Type

Model Cooling Capacity Heating Capacity Air Flow Rate Sound Pressure Level (H/L) External Static Pressure Power Supply Output Fan Motor Running Current Gas Pipe Connecting Pipes Liquid Pipe kW A mm inch mm inch kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) Pa GMV(L)-R28Zd/Na-K 2.8 9554 3.2 10919 550 324 43/0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.01 0.1 9.52 3/8 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection 171.75 GMV(L)-R36Zd/Na-K 3.6 12284 4.0 13649 600 353 44/0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.01 0.1 12.7 1/2 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection 171.75 GMV(L)-R50Zd/Na-K 5.0 17061 5.8 19790 700 412 50/0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.04 0.4 12.7 1/2 6.35 1/4 Flare Connection 171.75
840238695 1035295805 28/37
840238695 1035295805 28/37
840238695 1035295805 28/37
a.The design of this unit comply with the national executing standard of GB/T 18837-2002; b. Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit; c. The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit; while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit; the cooling only units dose not have any parameters of performing heating; d. The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation.
50
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Model Cooling Capacity Heating Capacity Air Flow Rate Sound Pressure Level (H/L) External Static Pressure Power Supply Fan Motor Output Running Current Gas Pipe Connectin g Pipes Liquid Pipe Connection Method Drain Pipes (External Dia. Thickness) Unit Dimensions (WDH) Package Dimensions (WDH) Weight (Net/Gross) Notes: a. The design of this unit comply with the national executing standard of GB/T 18837-2002; b. Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit; mm mm mm kg kW A mm inch mm inch kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) Pa GMV(L)-R71Zd/Na-K 7.1 24226 8.0 27297 1170 689 48/0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.1 1 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 171.75 1300188600 1514248724 34/38
PRODUCT GMV(L)-R90Zd/Na-K 9.0 30709 10.0 34121 2100 1236 51/0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.15 1.5 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 171.75 1590238695 1714330830 44/53
c. The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit; while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit; the cooling only units dose not have any parameters of performing heating; d. The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation.
51
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Model Cooling Capacity kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) Pa GMV(L)-R112Zd/Na-K 11.2 38216 12.5 42652 2200 1295 54/0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz kW A mm inch mm inch 0.18 1.8 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection mm mm mm kg 171.75 1590238695 1714330830 44/53
PRODUCT GMV(L)-R125Zd/Na-K 12.5 42652 13.5 46064 2300 1354 55/0 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz 0.18 1.8 15.9 5/8 9.52 3/8 Flare Connection 171.75 1590238695 1714330830 44/53
Heating Capacity
Air Flow Rate Sound Pressure Level (H/L) External Static Pressure Power Supply Fan Motor Output Running Current Gas Pipe Connectin g Pipes
Liquid Pipe Connection Method
Drain PipesExternal Dia. Thickness Unit Dimensions (WDH) Package Dimensions (WDH) WeightNet/Gross
Notes: a. The design of this unit comply with the national executing standard of GB/T 18837-2002; b. Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit; c. The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit; while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit; the cooling only units dose not have any parameters of performing heating; e. The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher in actual operation.
4.3 Operation Range

Model Cooling Heating Range of Outdoor Temperature () -5~43(23~109.4) -20~27(- 4~81)
52
PRODUCT
5 PIPING DIAGRAM
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
compressor Digital compressor Discharge temperature sensor Oil temperature sensor PWM value Oil separator Oil separator sub-assy:Filter Oil separator sub-assy:Capillary Check Valve 4-way valve Filter Filter Liquid valve Filter Liquid valve Vapour Liquid Separator Low pressure sensor
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
High pressure sensor Gas by-pass value sub-assy:electromagnetic value Gas by-pass value sub-assy:capillary condenser Condenser inlet temperature sensor Condenser middle temperature sensor Condenser outlet temperature sensor Outdoor motor Filter Check Valve Electronic expansion value Liquid by-pass value sub-assy: electromagnetic value Liquid by-pass value sub-assy: capillary Gas equilibrium pipe Oil equilibrium pipe Oil valve
53
CONTROL
CONTROL
54
CONTROL
CONTROL
1 OPERATION FLOWCHART
55
CONTROL
1.1 Cooling/Dry Operation

Enter into total cooling operation
4-way valve control
No
4-way valve closed?
Yes
No
Adjustment of cooling capacity
Whether oil return condition is
Yes
Cooling oil return operation
Compressor runs per cooling capacity
No
Is oil return finished?

Exit cooling mode or not?
No
Yes
Yes
Exit cooling mode
56
CONTROL
1.2 Heating Operation

Enter into total heating operation
4-way valve control
4-way valve closed?
Whether oil return condition is Meet defrost conditions or not? Adjustment of heating capacity Compressor runs per heating capacity Run under defrost mode
Heating oil return operation
Exit total heating mode or not
Defrost ended
Is oil return finished?
Exit total heating mode
57
CONTROL
2 MAIN LOGIC
2.1 Control Function of Outdoor Unit_ 1) Compressor Capacity Output It is defined that the full load capacity output of the compressor is 100%. The compressor capacity output is calculated according to the required indoor load, which is related to the following factors: whether the indoor unit is started, the set temperature, the indoor ambient temperature, the outdoor ambient temperature, etc. Calculation of capacity output of cooling compressor
Q=
(q
i =1 j
iON
Ai )
q
i =1
100%
Calculation of capacity output of heating compressor
Q=
(q
i =1
iON
Ai + qiOFF Bi )
q
i =1
100%
For inverter compressor
f = Fmax Q and when f is not 0, the minimum is Fmin the maximum is Fmax
Among which: Q is the calculated compressor capacity output;
f Actual run frequency of inverter compressor; Fmax Maximum allowable run frequency of inverter compressor; Fmin Minimum allowable run frequency of inverter compressor qi Rated capacity of indoor unit qiON Rated capacity of indoor unit in ON state qiOFF Rated capacity of indoor unit in OFF state Ai Setting temperature, correction of indoor and outdoor ambient temperature, % Bi Capacity compensation of indoor unit with heater in OFF state, %;
2) Compressor Start Control The shortest operating time of the compressor is 6 minutes. But when the switching-off signal or the protection signal is received, the compressor must stop even if the operation of it has not lasted for 6 minutes. The shortest stoppage period of the compressor is 3 minutes. The compressor must not be started at any time within 3 minutes after the compressor is stopped. If the capacity demand of each indoor unit is 0 when the whole unit group is under heating state, the compressor must be stopped (if under the heating operation alone the temperature of stop control is reached , the compressor must be stopped). Initial Sequence Chart of Cooling/Dehumidifying Modes:
58
CONTROL
Full open(480 steps) Restart Open 240 steps EXV position Close 540 steps Swing louver 3S Indoor fan motor (Cooling/Dry)
Initial opening (250 steps)
Outdoor fan motor
...
PWM valve Digital compressor
26 S
20 S
40 S
Initial Sequence Chart of Heating Mode:

Restart Outdoor EXV position Initial opening (250 steps) Initial opening (200 steps)
Full open(480 steps)
Open 240 steps
Open 240 steps Indoor EXV position Close 540 steps
Close 540 steps Full open (480 steps)
Swing louver Indoor fan motor (Heating/Dry) Outdoor fan motor
Close 540 3S steps
...
5S PWM valve Digital compressor
26 S
20 S
40 S
3)
Outdoor Fan Motor Control Inverter speed regulation fan is used as outdoor unit fan and operates in the range of 0~55Hz (or 0~60Hz for double-fan module) Specific control mode is as below: a) Cooling/drying mode: Initialization: Within 40s after the unit is started, set the initial fan frequency according to outdoor temperature. This is applicable when the unit is initially started. After that, the fan frequency is adjusted according to pressure change According to the average value of exhaust pressure, adjust the fan frequency every 40s to make the high pressure stabilize at 35, 41 and run according to the logic below:
59
CONTROL
Current frequency of outdoor fan = Original frequency + Variable frequency: When the actual high pressure 35, then: variable frequency = (Corresponding temperature of actual high pressure 35) x 1Hz; When the actual high pressure 41, then: variable frequency = (Corresponding temperature of actual high pressure 41) x 1Hz; When 35Actual high pressure41, the existing frequency is maintained. b) Heating mode: Initialization: the fan is started and enters initialization grade according to ambient temperature, applicable in start-up period After that, the fan frequency is adjusted according to pressure change. According to the average value of exhaust pressure, adjust the fan frequency every 40s to make the high pressure stabilize at 4649 and run according to the logic below: Current frequency of outdoor fan = Original frequency + Variable frequency: When the actual high pressure 46, then: variable frequency = (426-Corresponding temperature of actual high pressure) x 1Hz; When the actual high pressure 49, then: variable frequency = (49-Corresponding temperature of actual high pressure) x 1Hz; When 46Actual high pressure49, the existing frequency is maintained. 4) Compressor Protection Function a) Compressor exhaust over-temperature protection When the system detects that the exhaust temperature or the top casing temperature of any compressor in operation is higher than or equal to 130, the entire system will stop for protection purpose and send a Error" signal to each indoor unit. When the system stops over 3 minutes and the exhaust temperature of all compressors is lower than 90, the system will be allowed to restart. If exhaust over-temperature red zone protection appears successively three times within an hour, the entire system will stop and even after over 3-minute stop, the system will not be restarted. In such case, user needs to call maintenance personnel for a diagnosis on the air conditioner. b) System high pressure protection Each module has a high pressure sensor and a low pressure sensor. Each compressor has a high pressure switch. High pressure switch and pressure sensor are connected respectively to the control board of outdoor unit via connection cable. When high pressure sensor detects high pressure value of any module 67, the complete outdoor unit will stop and send a "High Pressure Protection message to each indoor unit. The number of times of protection is counted into the total number of times of high pressure protection. When stop time is longer than 3 minutes and high pressure is lower than 52, the system will be restarted. If high pressure protection signals (including those detected by high pressure sensor and high pressure switch) are detected successively three times within 1 hour, the complete outdoor unit will stop and send a Error message to each indoor unit. Even if power fail protection occurs after 3 minutes, the system will not be restarted. In such case, user shall call maintenance personnel for a check of the air conditioner. The only way to clear high pressure protection is to restart the unit. When high pressure switch protection action (high pressure switch protection 4.3Mpa) is detected, the complete outdoor unit will stop and send a High Pressure Protection message to each indoor unit. When stop time is longer than 3 minutes and high pressure is lower than 52, the system will be restarted. If high pressure protection signals (including the detection of high pressure sensor and high pressure switch) are detected successively three times within 1 hour, the complete outdoor unit will stop and send a Error message to each indoor unit. Even if power fail protection occurs after 3 minutes, the system will not be restarted. In such case, user shall call maintenance personnel for a check of the air conditioner. The only way to clear high pressure protection is to restart the unit. c) System low pressure protection After the unit is energized, if it is detected for 1 hour successively that the low pressure is lower than the protection value -32 when the system is stopped, the system will give out low pressure protection signal. In this case, it is prohibited to start even there is start signal. This cannot be resumed automatically. When the unit is running, if it is detected by any low pressure sensor for 30s successively that the low pressure is lower than the protection value (See below), the controller will stop the
60
CONTROL
compressor and send error message to each indoor unit When the stop time is longer than 3 minutes and any low pressure is higher than the recovery value, the system will be restarted. The system cannot be resumed if this occurs for 3 times successively within 1 hour. In this case, the user shall call the maintenance technician to check the air conditioner Saturated Temperature Corresponding to Absolute Pressure of Low Pressure Protection ()
Protection Value Recovery Value -6 -19 -6 -19 Ambient Temp.0 Ambient Temp.0 Ambient Temp.0 Ambient Temp.0
Cooling Heating
-25 -32 -41
5) Defrosting Function The action sequence chart of defrost operation of

PWM
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
the unit is shown in the figure.

ON X%(auto)
ON OFF high auto
CM out fan
in fan
spare heating OFF avoid cold wind
auto
SVP(bypass)
ON OFF ON
freeze time heat time
OFF ON OFF 15
OFF ON
outroom EXV EVI EXV inroom EXV

480B
480B 100B 300 480B 300 198B 174B 186B 150B 162B 200B 120
300B
auto
auto
200B auto
4-way valve
ON OFF
ON
ON laod 100%%
EVI valve prepare for defrost stage 50S
OFF
defrost longest 9min
leave defrost 75S
defrost prepare
start point
quit point
heating
2.2 Control Function of Indoor Unit Contain: 1) Cooling Operation a) Cooling According to the capacity demand of the running indoor unit, the outdoor unit decides the frequency under which the compressor runs.
61
CONTROL
control of the outdoor unit, the indoor unit decides the openness of the electronic expansion valve. The electronic expansion valve is set once every 40 seconds. b) Temperature Control Through the openness and close of the indoor electronic expansion valve, the indoor unit realizes the control to the temperature (refer to the following figure). When the capacity demand of the indoor unit is 0, the electronic expansion valve closes. When the capacity demand of the indoor unit is not 0, the electronic expansion valve opens.
If the indoor units of the same unit group all reach the temperature point, the demand of the unit group is 0, now the outdoor unit shall stop the operation of the compressor and the electronic expansion valve of the indoor unit closes. c) Indoor Fan Motor Action When the indoor unit operates and the fan motor is not set at the automatic air speed grade, the indoor fan motor continue running at the set air speed whether the capacity demand is 0. When the indoor fan motor is set at the automatic air speed grade, the fan motor decides the fan motor air speed according to the change of ambient temperature indoors. Refer to the following figure:
The switch under the automatic air speed grade is inspected once every 30 seconds. If the indoor fan motor stops before, the fan motor will be started to carry out compulsory operation under high air speed grade for 8 seconds and then runs at set air speed. Control of Blowing off Residual Cold Air When the indoor unit stops, the fan motor runs at set air speed or automatic air speed condition for 0-60 seconds. When the capacity demand of the indoor unit is 0, the electronic expansion valve of the indoor unit closes and the fan motor continue running at set air speed or automatic air speed condition. 2) Dehumidifying Operation
62
d)
CONTROL
When the unit runs in the dehumidifying mode, the indoor unit can only runs in the low air speed grade (regardless of the set air speed grade). Other actions are the same as that of the cooling operation. Please refer to the section of cooling operation.
the indoor fan motor stops before, the fan motor will be started to carry out compulsory operation in high air speed grade for 8 seconds and then runs in set air speed. 3) Heating Operation a) Heating According to the capacity demand of the running indoor unit, the outdoor unit decides the frequency in which the compressor runs. control of the outdoor unit, the indoor unit decides the openness of the electronic expansion valve. The electronic expansion valve is set once every 40 seconds. b) Temperature Control Through the openness and close of the indoor electronic expansion valve, the indoor unit realizes the control to the temperature (refer to the following figure). When the capacity demand of the indoor unit is 0, the electronic expansion valve closes. When the capacity demand of the indoor unit is not 0, the electronic expansion valve opens.
c) Fan Motor Control When the indoor unit has capacity demand: If automatic air speed grade is not set, the fan motor of the indoor unit will run in set air speed grade When the indoor fan motor is set at the automatic air speed grade, the fan motor decides the fan motor air speed according to the change of ambient temperature indoors. Refer to the following figure:
63

High Air Speed Grade
CONTROL
Medium Air Speed Grade Low Air Speed Grade -3 -2 -1 +1 +2
Indoor Ambient Temperature Indoor Set Temperature Automatic Air Speed Grade For Heating (Linge Wind)
The switch under the automatic air speed grade is inspected once every 30 seconds. the indoor fan motor stops before, the fan motor will be started to carry out compulsory running in high air speed grade for 8 seconds and then runs under set air speed. d) Operation of Preventing Cold Air When the indoor unit has capacity demand, the indoor fan motor will be compulsorily turned to close status and run under the following conditions: If the evaporator temperature (tevaporator) of the indoor unit reaches the threshold Tv evaporator, the indoor fan motor will carry out compulsory operation in high air speed grade for 8 seconds and then operates at set air speed; If the evaporator temperature (tevaporator) of the indoor unit still does not reach the threshold Tv evaporator 1 minute later, the indoor fan motor will carry out compulsory operation in high air speed grade for 8 seconds and then operates under set air speed; Refer to the following figure.
Cold Air Prevention threshold Tv

evaporator Table
Model
Cassette and Air Duct Series
Wall Mounted Unit Series
() Tv evaporator 35 39
64
CONTROL
After the indoor unit starts heating operation and the fan motor stops for any reason (including unit starting, defrosting, failure and no demand capacity), the operation of preventing cold air is carried out before the fan motor starts again. After the indoor fan motor starts, the operation of preventing cold air is not carried out even if the tevaporator is less than the threshold Tv evaporator again, except the fan motor stops. 4) Heating Temperature Compensation When the air-conditioner runs under standard conditions, the unit group adjusts the capacity output of the indoor unit according to the set temperature and the air intake temperature, so as to adjust the room temperature to the set temperature. If the installation height of the air-conditioner is somewhat high, the hot air tends to rise to the upper space when heating operation is carried out, which is the result of difference of density. Now the temperature of the living space may not reach the set temperature so people may feel uncomfortable. Therefore, it is required to use the temperature compensation function during heating: the air intake temperature minus 2 is adopted to reflect the real temperature of the living space. Using this method, comfortable temperature will be maintained in the living space.
5)
Anti-Frosting Control Under Cooling And Dehumidifying Modes To prevent the frosting due to low temperature of the evaporator during the operation of cooling or dehumidifying of the indoor unit from bringing adverse effect to the cooling efficiency, the indoor unit will carry out anti-frosting operation when necessary. If it is detected that the evaporator inlet pipe temperature T Inlet is T Frosting Temperature for T Anti-frosting minutes after the compressor operates for T Compressor minutes under the modes of cooling or dehumidifying, the anti-frosting operation will be carried out and now the indoor fan motor and the swing motor remain the original status; When the T Inlet is T Recovery Temperature, the indicating light is off and the controller will operate under set mode. The parameters T Compressor , T Anti-frosting , T Frosting Temperature ,and T Recovery Temperatureare different for different unit models. Refer to the following table:
65
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Unit Model Duct Cassette Series Wall Mount Series T Compressor m 15 6 m T Frosting Temperature T Anti-frosting 10 3 -4 0
CONTROL T Recovery Temperature 15 10
6)
Automatic Swing Control The wall mount series and the cassette series indoor units have swing function. Using swing function can increase air convection indoors to increase the uniformity of the indoor temperature. Reset When the unit is powered on for the first time, the swing louvers will swing automatically once to let the swing louver return to the initial position, thus the correctness of the swing louver action is ensured. Using the keys on the indoor unit to turn on the unit When using the keys on the indoor unit to turn on the unit, the default automatic swing will be started and the swing louvers swing back and forth from the maximum location and the minimum location (for different modes, the maximum locations and the minimum locations are different). Using wire controller or remote controller to control When using the wire controller or the remote controller to turn on the unit and the automatic swing signal is not set then, the swing louvers will stop at the default position when the unit is turned on (for different modes, the default locations are different). If the automatic swing signal is set when the unit is turned on, the automatic swing will be started and the swing louvers swing back and forth from the maximum location and the minimum location (for different modes, the maximum locations and the minimum locations are different).
When the wire controller or the remote controller sends the signal of automatic swing, the indoor unit will start automatic swing and the swing louvers will start to swing from the current location. When the wire controller or the remote controller sends the signal of stopping automatic swing, the indoor unit will stop automatic swing operation and the swing louvers will stop at the current location. Others When the indoor unit receives the signal of switching-off, detects the failure signals other than the auxiliary electrical heating protection signal, and detects the defrosting signal, the indoor unit, regardless of which state the swing louvers are in, will stop to return to the initial position after the indoor fan motor stops. When the indoor unit detects the auxiliary electrical heating protection signal, the automatic swing will start regardless of which state the indoor unit is in, and the indoor fan motor will operate at high speed. 7) Drainage Pump Motor Control The cassette series indoor unit is equipped with the drainage pump which can drain the condensate water produced during the cooling or the dehumidifying operation. When the indoor unit carries out cooling or dehumidifying operation, the water pump and the compressor starts simultaneously. When the unit is turned off or the cooling operation is stopped, or when the dehumidifying operation is stopped or the unit turns to other mode, the power supply to the water pump will only be cut off 5 minutes later.
66
CONTROL
When it is detected that the water level overflows for 8 seconds regardless of which mode (including switching-off of unit) the unit is in, the water pump will start immediately and will not stop if the signal of water level overflow is not removed; But the water pump will continue operating for 10 minutes further after the signal of water level overflow is removed.
8)
Electronic Expansion Valve Control a. Reset Control of Indoor Electronic Expansion Valve When the indoor unit is powered on, the indoor unit will automatically carry out the reset of the electronic expansion valve, so that the valve return to the initial position to ensure the correctness of the action of the valve. b. Control of Superheat Degree During Cooling Operation During the process of cooling or dehumidifying, the unit group shall control the open degree of the electronic expansion valve of the indoor unit according to the fact that how the difference between the inlet temperature and the outlet temperature is deviated from the set superheat degree. The purpose is to keep proper superheat degree and the detection is carried out every 40 seconds. When the unit is turned off, the operation of the unit is stopped when the set temperature is reached or there is any failure, this control process is ended. c. Control of Subcooling Degree During Heating Operation During the process of heating, the unit group shall control the open degree of the electronic expansion valve of the indoor unit according to the fact that how the difference between the inlet temperature and the outlet temperature is deviated from the set superheat degree. The purpose is to keep proper subcooling degree and the detection is carried out every 40 seconds. When the unit is turned off, the operation of the unit is stopped when the set temperature is reached, and there is any failure or defrosting is carried out, this control process is ended. Sensor Inspection Control Ambient Temp. Sensor When it is detected that the ambient temperature is continuously lower than -20 for 1 minute or is continuously higher than 100 for 1 minutes, the signal of ambient temp. sensor failure (failure code: F0) is sent and the indoor unit stops operation because of abnormality. If it is detected that the ambient temperature is continuously larger than -20 but lower than 100 for 1 minute under the status of ambient temp. sensor failure, the signal of ambient temp. sensor failure is removed and the indoor unit resumes the original operating status. Evaporator Tube Temp. Sensor When it is detected that the evaporator tube temperature is continuously lower than -30 for 1 minute or is continuously higher than 100 for 1 minutes, the signal of evaporator tube temp. sensor failure is sent and the indoor unit stops because of the abnormality. If it is detected that the evaporator tube temperature is continuously larger than -20 but lower than 100 for 1 minute in the status of evaporator tube temp. sensor failure, the signal
67
9)
CONTROL
of evaporator tube temp. sensor failure is removed and the indoor unit resumes the original running status. All the detection time is not counted.
Failure Type Indoor Ambient Temp. Sensor Failure Indoor Inlet Pipe Temp. Sensor Failure Indoor Intermediate Pipe Temp. Sensor Failure Indoor Outlet Pipe Temp. Sensor Failure Failure Code F0 F1 F2 F2
10) Address Code Setting Each indoor unit of the same group can only operate normally if it is assigned only one address. Therefore, the address of the indoor units must be set properly. Different indoor units of the same group must have different address. Each group of indoor units has 16 different addresses at most. The address of every indoor unit must be identical with the address of the corresponding wire controller. Use the address DIP switches to set the addresses for the indoor units and the wire controller. The DIP switches are located at the main boards of the indoor unit and the wire controller and have be marked with Address. Refer to the following table for the addresses designated by the DIP switch position status combinations.
Position 4 ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF DIP Switch Position Status Combinations (4-position DIP Switch) Position Position 3 Position 1 Address Designation 2 ON ON ON 1 ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Code Example:represents address 2 (the black is deflector rod
68
CONTROL
11)
Function Code Setting Before power on of the main board, 4-bit dial switch must be set to decide running status of indoor unit. Function description is as below:
The DIP switch setting showed above illustration is the default setting after manufactured.
Dial switch Silk-screen 1S/R Function description Selection of memory mode: A. Selection between recovery mode after power on and standby mode after power on B. This function is effective without wired controller. Selection between receiver and manual controller: A. If manual controller is selected; remote-control function of receiver will be shielded. B .If receiver is selected, manual controller will be ineffective. Setting of master unit and slave indoor unit A. Used to solve modes conflict B. This function is effective without wired controller. Selection of ambient temp. sensor: A. selection between ambient temp. sensor (T amb.) of main board and ambient temp. sensor (T amb.1) of receiver This function is effective without wired controller. Selection of high E.S.P or low E.S.P fan speed Dial ON Standby after power on Select wired controller to operate Master unit Select ambient temp. sensor of main board Select low E.S.P fan speed Dial OFF Recovery after power on Select receiver to operate Slave unit Select ambient temp. sensor of receiver Select high E.S.P fan speed
2L/I
3M/S
4I/O
5L/H
69
CONTROL
3 WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER
NOTE!
Make sure that there is no obstruction between the remote control and the signal receptor. The remote control signal can be received at the distance of up to about 10m. Dont drop or throw the remote control. Dont let any liquid flow into the remote control. Dont put the remote control directly under the sunlight or any place where it is very hot.
FAN button Press the button to change the speed of the fan according to the following order.
SWING FAN
AUTO FAN SPEED
AUTOFAN
TEMP. button
AUTO
OPER AIR
Set temp. increases 1 c by pressing "+" and decreases 1 c by pressing "-" once.
Set temp. : 16 c~30 c Set temp. : 16 c~30 c Set temp. : 16 c~30 c Set temp. : 16 c~30 c
SWING HUMID LIGHT SAVE

TIMER ONOFF
HR.
COOL DRY FAN HEAT
MODE button Press the button to change the mode according to the following order
ON/OFF button Press the button to turn on the unit. Press the button once again to turn off the unit and cancal the timer.
MODE
NOTE: The cooling only units have no mode.
ON/0FF
NOTE!
After every indoor unit received the turn off signal, the fan and electric expansion valve will continue to work for 20-70mins to make use of the rest cool or rest heat, while for preparation for the nest work. And this is normal phenomenon.
NOTE!
This type of remote control is a kind of general use remote control that is suitable for several types (function) of air conditioner units. Please understand that the functions and buttons that are not suitable for this air conditioner will not be introduced.
70

Liquid crystal displayer It shows all set contents.
CONTROL
SWING
FAN
AUTOFAN
AUTO
OPER AIR
SWING HUMID LIGHT SAVE

TIMER ONOFF
HR.
SLEEP button Press the button to set SLEEP mode, and stop when repressed. When the sleep mode is in the cool and dry mode, the set temp. will increases 1~2 during the set time, then the unit will operate according to the temp.. When sleep mode is in the heat mode, the set temp. decreases 1~2 during the set time, then the unit will operate according to the set temp..
SLEEP
AIR
LIGHT
HUMID
TIMER ON TIMER OFF
ANION
SAVE
MODE
ON/0FF
Temp./Timer button When the unit is operating, increase 1 by pressing "+" button once, and decrease 1 by pressing "-" button once. The indoor temp. can be set in the range of 16-30. Press the "Timer OFF/TIMER ON" button at operating/ stopping to set the off/on time. Press "Timer OFF/TIMER ON" once to increase 0.5 hour for the set time. The Max.value of setting time could be 24 hourswhen repressed it the setting time will be canceled.
Operation procedure
Normal procedure 1. Press ON/OFF button after connected with the power, then the unit is operating. 2. Press MODE button to choose the expected operation mode. 3. Press FAN button to set the fan speed. 4. Press +/- button to set the expected temp. Selectable procedure 5. Press SLEEP mode to set the sleep state. 6. Press TIMER OFF button to set the time. Note: When the operating mode selected by the indoor unit is clash with the one selected by the outdoor unit, the remote controller will display the operating clash after 5 seconds and the power light will flicker, then the indoor unit turns off. At this time, the units will become normal after the operating mode of the indoor unit is changed to cooperate with the outdoor unit. Cool mode can cooperate with dry mode, and fan mode can cooperate with any mode.
How to insert batteries

Two batteries (Two AAA dry-cell batteries) are used by the remote control 1. Remove the cover from the back of the remote control downward, take out the worn batteries and insert two new ones (Make sure the two poles are correct) 2. Re-attach the cover.
71
CONTROL
ACL
1.All the prints and code no. will be showed on the displayer after the insert of batteries. The remote control can be operated after 10sec. 2.The lifetime of the batteries is about one year. 3.Don't confuse the new and worn or different types of batteries. 4.Remove batteries when the Remove the cover remote control is not in use for a Re-attach the cover longtime to avoid mal-function caused by liquid leakage. 5.The remote control should be placed about 1m or more from the open TV set or any other electric appliances. 6.The remote control should be used in the receivable range (the RESET KEY reception range is 10m) 7.When the remote control can not be controlled in the situation of inserted batteries, please remove the back cover and press "ACL" button to make it normal.
Insert 2AAA dry-cell battaries(attachment)
72
CONTROL
4 WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER

4.1 Operation View
Fig.4.1
Various Components of Wired Remote Controller 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Operating mode display (Cool, Dry, Fan, Heat) Sleep mode display Environmental temp. display /Malfunction display Fan control display (automatic, high, media, low) Set Temp. display Defrosting display Timer display Signal receptor 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 On/Off button Timer button Sleep button Swing display Fan control button Temp./ Timer decrease button Temp./ Timer increase button Mode button
73
CONTROL
4.2 Dimension
21.5
42.5
54
60
85
Fig.4.3.1 Outline Dimension of Wired Controller
Fig.4.3.2 Installation Dimension of Wired Controller
4.3 Installation
Fig.4.4 Installation of wire remote controller SN Name 1 Casing base, installed into the wall 2 Controller Soleplate 3 Screw M4X25 4 Controller Panel
Notice for installation in the guidance of Fig.10 1. Cut off power supply before install the electrical components. It is forbidden to carry out the installation with power on; 2. Get one end of the 4 core communication cable. Put it through the rectangular hole on the base board on the wire remote controller; 3. hold the base board of controller on the wall, then fix it to the wall with M4x25 screw; 4. Plug the 4 core communication cable into the slot on the wired remote controller, then fix the controller panel with base board together;
85
74
CONTROL
5 MINI CENTRALIZED CONTROLLER(Region controller)

5.1 Function Region monitoring control and region wired control are the two main control functions for region controller. Region monitoring controller can monitor or control 16 indoor units of a group for inquiry and single or centralized control. Region wired controller can replace 1-16 selected wired controllers to uniformly set or control the indoor units. Refer to Fig.1.1, Fig.1.2 about the Sketch map to the relation among the region controller, region monitoring controller and region wired controller.
Fig.1.1 Before using, the controller functions must be selected by the personnel who performance the installation with the requirements of users. Please refer to Project Debugging Setting section for the details. Note: If the controller is set to be region wired controller, the wired controller of the selected indoor unit must be removed. The region controller can be matched with long-distance monitor. As a region monitoring controller, its control is subject to that of the long-distance monitor. In the same group, one of the region controllers can be used as region monitoring controller and matches one or more region wired controller which replace(s) one or more wired controller, in which case, the region monitoring controller can also monitor or control the region wired controller.
Fig.1.2 Sketch map to the relation among the region controller, region monitoring controller and region wired controller
75
CONTROL
5.2 Operation View
Fig.5.2
76
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF No. 1 2 3 4 Name FUNC (FUNCTION) MODE
CONTROL Function A. Switch the control mode of inquiry/single/ central control. B. In central control status, give the central order by successively pressing FUNC button. Set cooling/heating/fan/dry mode for indoor unit A. Inquiry status: cycle, increase or decrease No. of indoor units to easily inquire the status of each indoor unit. B. Single/Central control status: set running temp. of indoor unit, maximum is 30 and minimum is 16. C. Timer setting status: increase or decrease the timer on/off time, maximum is 24hr and minimum is 0. A. Set the indoor fan speed of hi/mid/low/auto. B. Successively press FAN button to set on/off swing. A Under single/central control mode, set on /off timer of selected indoor unit B Under inquiry status, inquire the timer setting of the indoor unit with current address. Set ON/OFF of the indoor unit. Under single/central control, press MODE and ON/OFF buttons simultaneously to start/ stop the lock of operation to buttons of wired controller for selected indoor units. Under single/central control, press MODE and TIMER simultaneously to start/ stop the shield of operation to MODE button of wired controller for selected indoor unit. Under single/central control, press and TIMER simultaneously to start/ stop the shield of operation to Temp button of wired controller for selected indoor unit. Under single/central control, press ON/OFF and TIMER simultaneously to start/ stop the shield of operation to ON/OFF button of wired controller for selected indoor unit. Refer to power-off memory function about the details. ACheck the control mode of region monitoring controller / region wired controller BSet the control mode of region monitoring controller / region wired controller
5 6 7 2MODE and 7 ON/OFF 2MODE and 6 TIMER 4 and 6 TIMER 7 ON/OFF and 6 TIMER 2 MODE and 3 4 and 7 ON/OFF
FAN TIMER ON/OFF Lock Shield mode Shielding Temp. Shielding ON/OFF Memory mode Selection of function
Note: 1.The characters with gray back ground indicate buttons. Following part is the same to it. 2. The time of single press of the button is more than 3s, which means successively-press. 3. There isnt the function that the region wired controller shields other indoor wired controller.
5.3 Display View
(Fig.5.3) 77
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Display name Control mode Running mode Error Fan speed display Swing Timer No. of indoor unit Room temp. Instruction to display Inquiry state, INQUIRY is displayed. Single control state,SINGLE is displayed. Centralized control state, CENTER is displayed. Each indoor unit running mode is displayed.
CONTROL
ERROR is displayed during any malfunction to indoor or outdoor unit in a group. is displayed when there is no malfunction to selected indoor unit and the ambient temp. is below zero. Hi, mid, low or auto speed of indoor fan is displayed. Swing running of indoor unit is displayed. TIMER ON/OFF is displayed when setting timer or inquiring timer state. Under inquiry state, No. of online indoor units are displayed and No. of selected indoor unit will blink. Under single control state, only No. of selected indoor unit is displayed. Under centralized state, No. of all online indoor units are displayed. ROOMTEMP is displayed for no malfunction, but isnt for malfunction. Centralized controller A. Under inquiry state, SHIELD will be displayed when selected indoor unit is shielded. B. Under control state, SHIELD will be displayed during setting or giving the shield order. Region wired controller: SHIELD will be displayed when selected units are shielded during long-distance monitoring. FORCE is displayed when indoor unit is forced to run. is displayed when there is no malfunction. Room temp. value is displayed during no malfunction to selected indoor or outdoor unit. Error code is displayed during malfunction to selected indoor or outdoor unit. Melt is displayed during defrosting. Region monitoring controller A: Inquiry state: LOCK is displayed when selected indoor unit is locked. B: Control state: LOCK is displayed during setting or giving the lock order. Region wired controller: LOCK is displayed when selected unit is locked in long-distance monitoring. SET blinks when the unit is on and commanded. SET is displayed when the unit is on without command. Set temp. value is displayed when the selected indoor unit is on and not in timer inquiry or setting status. HR is displayed during timer inquiry or setting. .5 is displayed when the timer time value includes 0.5 hr and the unit is during timer inquiry or setting. During timer inquiry, integer of setting time of timer is displayed. During timer setting, integer of setting time of timer is displayed. Set temp. value is displayed when the unit is not during timer inquiry or setting.
10
Shield
11 12 13 14
Force (room temp.) Room temp. or error code Melt
15
Lock
16 17 18 19
Set (set temp.) HR (hour) .5 Setting temp. and timer time
20
Note: 1. Contents in the double quotation marks indicate the display in LCD. Following part is the same to it. 2. Online indoor units to Mini Centralized Controller indicate that in a region. Following part is the same to it. 3. No signal control function for region wired controller, and SINGLE wont be displayed either.
78
CONTROL
5.4 Connection Between Controller and Unit_ Insert the 4-core twisted pair line to wired controller, if which is with the indoor unit, into region controller wiring terminal CN1 (or CN2), and then connect the other wiring terminal CN2 (or CN1) with the main board of indoor unit. If there is no wired controller with indoor unit, introduce a 4-core twisted pair line to indoor unit main board and connect it with region controller wiring terminal CN1 (or CN2). Note Any main board of the indoor unit controlled by the region controller can be connected. If the region controller is used as a region wired controller, wired controller with the indoor unit must be removed.
Fig2.1 Power cords and communication lines for region controller
Before installation and connection, make sure the power supply is off. After installation and connection, check the connection result again to prevent loose or short. There are 4 connection lines (included in the 4-core twisted pair line) to the controller, from CN1 or the upper and right CN2 to the upper they respectively are: Ground line (GND), communication line A (A), communication line B(B) and power cord (+12 v). Note: During following connection of wirings, pay special attention to them to avoid malfunction to units for electromagnetic interference. 1. Keep the signal lines or wirings (communication) of region controller or wired controller at least 20 cm from the power cords or connecting lines between indoors and outdoors to prevent abnormal communication. 2. Shielding twisted pair line must be adopted as signal line or wiring (communication) once the unit is installed in the place where there is serious electromagnetic interference.
79
CONTROL
6 CENTRALIZED CONTROLLER
6.1 Function Main characteristics of Centralized Controller: A set of Centralized Controller can control 64 communication modules and can connect to as much as 1024 indoor units. It can conduct individual control with any separated area or unified control. It can monitor or control On/Off, Mode, Temperature setting and Timer On/Off of indoor unit etc. It can realize the central, single or select control to all indoor units. It can organize several indoor units into groups as you desired and conduct unified controlGrouped control. Error contents are shown by codes. Corresponding communication module numbers of the indoor units with error contents would blink for rapid inspection and repair (There is sound warning for a few errors). Timer function. Every indoor unit can set Timer On/Off time by central, single or select control. Both Timer On time and Timer Off time can be set at the same time, and it is available to set the timer to which day among the 7 days from Sunday to Saturday works. Clock function displays in year, month, day, hour, minute and week, and the clock can be manually adjusted. Indoor and outdoor units online auto detect, display and working state indication. Self-inspection function is remained. Centralized Controller and several communication modules formed communication net.The length of communication wire of the net can be as long as 1km (without using communication repeaters). 6.2 Operation View
17 16 15
14 13 12 11 10
(Fig.6.2)
4 9 8 7 6 5
80
CONTROL
This central control has Sequence On function, that enable conduction to 1 ALL ON sequence control to communication modular in interval of 2 seconds, communication modular controls Sequence On of indoor units (to lower impact to power network). This central control has Sequence Off function, that enable conduction of 2 ALL OFF sequence control to communication modular in interval of 2 seconds, communication module controls Sequence Off of indoor units (to lower impact to power network). 3 4 5 6 7 ON/OFF (2) TIMER SWING SPEED MODE LEFT/RIGHT UP/DOWN For controlling units on and off. Set and check the time of Timer On and Timer Off of indoor unit and date mode. Set if indoor unit swings Set fan speeds of High, Medium, Low or Auto for indoor unit Set modes of Cool, Dry, Fan or Heat for indoor unit It works as direction and adjusting under every operation function. Such as: 8 When checking, it can move to the required indoor unit or communication modular by using this button; when adjusting time, press LEFT (/RIGHT) to shift Y/M/D etc. and press UP (/DOWN) to adjust value 9 10 11 12 CONTROL GROUP TIME SYSTEM/TEST Under control mode, press this button after setting state of indoor unit, control to indoor unit would be conducted by corresponding control mode. Press button under checking state to begin information check and set of grouped indoor unit, grouped information is for select control. Set system time Begin setting of central control run mode, it is not recommended to be used by users. Shift display domain and indoor wired air condition control. DOMAIN 13 INDOOR/DOMAIN corresponding to display on line communication modular, INDOOR corresponding to display on line indoor control. Press this button during process of setting function to exit the already made 14 CANCEL function setting operation. Such as, if central control mode were selected, press CANCEL at this time would back to control mode selecting state. Begin control setting mode, and Central Control, Select Control and Single Control can be selected. Central Control: Control all indoor units under domain by present set state. Single Control: Control present indoor unit by present set state. Select Control: Control selected indoor unit by present set state, it also called grouped control 16 17 SELECT CONFIRM Select required control or setting object; repress the button to the object is to cancel. Confirm the operated operation is effective
15
CONTROL MODE
81
CONTROL
6.3 Display View Sketch for LCD part:
6 16 15
1 Pagination/displays present domain Present unit no. Error Operation mode Speed display Check Operation and /monitoring Error code System time Timer setting Pre-set temperature Ambient temperature Swing and Defrost System setting Control mode monitoring controlling
7 8 14
(Fig.6.3.2)
13 12
11
10 9
Under select control mode, group no. that is present controlling is displayed; Under addresses setting state, present Soft Add is displayed. Displays the soft address of communication module that the present checking or controlling indoor unit is belonged as well as the address of indoor unit; Format: Soft addIndoor unit add Displays when there is error at any indoor or outdoor unit. Displays every operation state mode of indoor unit Displays High, Medium, Low and Auto speed of indoor unit Under group control mode, it is displayed when checking grouping information; Under address setting mode, it is displayed when checking hard address. When central control works in normal, operation monitoring displays; when control signal is transmitted, operation monitoring and controlling is displayed. Displays when abnormal occur on operation state of present indoor unit. Displays present time, format is Y, M, D, H, M and week. Timer On/Off on when Timer On/Off is set to present indoor unit Displays value of pre-set temperature Displays value of ambient temperature of present indoor unit Displays operation of swing at indoor unit and defrost at outdoor unit Setting operation mode of central control. It should be completed by installation personnel, but not for users. Displays 3 control modes of Central, Single and Select controls When Indoor on, addresses of present online indoor unit is displayed; When domain on, soft address of present online communication module is displayed; Specific location of controlled indoor unit can only be ascertained when soft address fits Project Installation List.
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16
Displays of soft address
Instruction to display interface: System Setting: Including Address Setting and other functions, and it is set when installation personnel are adjusting units. It is not recommended that users operate it. The usage of this function requires password. Address Setting: Since characters from 01 to 64 are fixed as the addresses of controlling communication modules displayed by central control (hereinafter called soft addresses), and the addresses of communication modules themselves (hereinafter called hard addresses) are value from 0~254, thus there is address matching problem between central control and
82
CONTROL
controlled communication module. In order to solve this problem, address mapping setting is required to be conducted before project adjusting! 6.4 Connection Between Controller and Unit Communication network The following is a brief sketch of communication net of multi variable units:
As shown in figure, the \ at A are parting lines for communication net. Left side of the \ is the communication net between central control and communication module while the right side is that between multi variable outdoor unit and indoor units. The 2 nets are individual nets. Before normal use of central control, do conduct addresses setting and adjusting to communication system by installation personnel. Only after that can the central control offered to be used by user.
83
CONTROL
6.5 Case Study Take one floor of an office building for example to illustrate wiring and debugging of the centralized control system. In this floor, there are 2 assembly rooms, 8 offices and 1 monitor room. Refer to the following illustration for its plane structure.
1Instruction to Distribution of Unit and Installation of Equipment This office building has been installed with 2 sets of GMV units, as shown in the table below.
Quantity of required communica tion modules (pinboard) Quantity of indoor units
Name
Models
Corresponding rooms of indoor units
Room Office 1 Unit1 GMV-R300W2/ D 10 12 Office 2 Office 3 Office 4 Office 5 Office 6 Room GMV-R620W4/ D Office 7 22 20 Office 8 Assembly room 1 Assembly room 2
Address of communicatio n module
Address of indoor unit 12 34 56 78 910 1112 Address of indoor unit 12 34 1234
01
Address of communicatio n module 02
Unit 2
03 5678
84
CONTROL
2Frame Diagram of System Net
Instruction to Frame Diagram of System Net Mark A:Outdoor Unit GMV(L)-R300W2/D can be connected with up to 16 indoor units. In this project, this outdoor unit is connected with the communication module with address of 01 and indoor units (address 01~12of office 1-6, corresponding with independent communication Net.2. The mainboard of outdoor unit is as follow:
3-core neilsbed connects with indoor unit or communication module.
Mark B: Outdoor Unit GMV L -R620W4/A can be connected with up to 32 indoor units by two pinboards ,either of which can connect with up to 16 indoor units . Whats more, the quantity of communication modules used is the same as that of pinboards. In this project, pinboard 1 is connected with the communication module with address of 02
85
CONTROL
and indoor units (address 01~04of office 7-8, corresponding with independent communication Net.2. Pinboard 2 is connected with communication module of address 03 and indoor units (address 01~08of office 1-2, corresponding with independent communication Net.3. The outdoor figure is as follow:
Pinboard 1 3-core neilsbed connects with indoor unit or modules, and 4-core neilsbed with outdoor unit
Pinboard 2 3-core neilsbed connects with indoor unit or communication module and 4-core
Mark C: Centralized controller cabinet is mainly used to put communication modules together. Refer to Section 3 Instruction to Installation Procedure of System about its figure and connection method of communication modules. Mark D: Centralized Controller ZJ701. For the first use of it, address mapping setting must be made to specify addresses of communication modules which should be controlled. In this project example there are 3 communication modules with the address of 01, 02 and 03 which are displayed in the centralized controller correspondingly. Mark S1, S2, and S3: Telephone 3-way triple adapters are used to connect communication modules with communicating net of indoor and outdoor units. Refer to Section 3 Instruction to Installation Procedure of System for its connection method.
3 Instruction to Installation Procedure of System Step 1: Integral Design of the Whole System. In consideration of features of building and installation of the unit, the building is divided into a lot of monitoring regions and then confirm required systems, their quantity and installation locations. As for this example: A. Division of monitoring regions: According to needs of the users, the whole floor is divided into 3 monitoring regions, south area (office 1-6), north area (assembly room1-2 and office 7-8) and monitor room. B. Confirmation of quantity of systems
86
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Name Qty Installation Location Notes
CONTROL
The quantity required for the pinboards is the Communication modules 3 Centralized cabinet control same as communication modules. If no pinboard, only one module is needed. So, there should be 3 modules in total. Centralized control cabinet Centralized controller 1 Monitor room Installed indoors according to users
conditions. Installed indoors
Monitor room
Step 2: Wiring and Installation A. Centralized controller as extension function of GMV unit can be installed and debugged after communication connection between outdoor unit and indoor unit and normal operation of the unit. B. Make of centralized control cabinet If a lot of communication modules are used, centralized control cabinet is recommended. Heavy current wires and communication lines should be wired separately. The distance between them should keep above 15cm.The following figure is an example of centralized control cabinet, but its design should be according to quantity of communication modules.
C. Connection of communication modules COM 1 of communication module can connect with indoor and outdoor unit. The two COM2 can connect with other communication module or centralized controller. As shown in the following figure:
87
CONTROL
D. Connection between communication module and indoor and outdoor units According to the net diagram, connect the communication line between indoor unit and outdoor unit. Then cut off the communication line between the mainboards of indoor unit and outdoor unit, as shown below.
Align the cutting terminals and terminals of communication line to COM1, as shown below:
In this case, there are two methods to connection of them. Method 1: Welding Weld the two cutting terminals by yellow to yellow and brown to brown, as shown below:
88
CONTROL
And then weld the terminals of communication line to COM1 with the welding spots in the above figure together by yellow wire to brown wire, as shown below:
At last, wrap the welding spots with insulating tape and test conduction performance of the three communication lines, as shown below:
Method 2: Triple adapter Make crystal heads for the three lines. The connection direction should be the sameas in the above welding figures, i.e. yellow to yellow and brown to brown wire of indoor and outdoor units, but yellow to brown wire of communication line to COM1.The crystal heads are as follow:
89
CONTROL
Insert the three crystal heads into the triple adopter and test conduction performance of them, as shown below:
E. Connection of Communication Modules and Centralized Controller Connection of COM1 of communication module which has 3 COM in total has been introduced as the above. COM2 can connect with another communication module or centralized controller, as shown below:
Note: The above figure is only for reference to relation among the equipments. The actual wiring is subject to the above frame diagram of system
Step 3: There are two methods of DIP address setting of communication module
Method 1: The address of each communication module has been fixed in the factory and marked on the label at the back of it. It is unnecessary for users to set anything. In addition, the
90
CONTROL
3-digital DIP can not be dialed to OFF completely, as shown below:
Label for address of communication module
Method 2: Manual setting of address, as operated the following: 1. Dial the digital switch at the back of communication module to OFF completely, as below:
Dial the 3 rods to OFF.
2.Open the cover of communication module as below:
91
CONTROL
The 8-digital DIP is as below:
Set DIP for address according to the following table.
92
CONTROL
Set DIP for address according to the following table.

Address from 0 to 31 DIP S2 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DIP S3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Address 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 Address from 32 to 63 DIP S2 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DIP S3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 Address
93
CONTROL
Address from 64 to 95 DIP S2 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DIP S3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 Address 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
Address from 96 to 127 DIP S2 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DIP S3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 Address
94
CONTROL
Step 4: System Setting of Centralized Controller SYSTEM SETTING includes ADDRESS SETTING and INITIALIZE SETTING. The former one is used for setting address of control object (communication module), and the latter one for initializing the data in the centralized controller including clear all the finished address settings. Since the centralized controller can control at most 64 communication modules and the address of them is 0 to 253 (0 is generally unused), it must specify the address of communication module needed to be controlled. It is ADDRESS SETTING, which is not recommended to operate by users. The debugging personnel can press SYSTEM/DEBUG into system setting interface. After pressing UP, DOWN, LEFT or RIGHT button, press CONFIRM button into the interface for selection between ADDRESS SETTING and INITIALIZE SETTING. The operation procedure of ADDRESS SETTING: 1. The centralized controller without energizing and setting will display following.
Display Present Unit No. 00-00 which means soft address 00-No. 00 indoor unit. (Soft address is the No. displayed in 1-64 grid of LCD. Press SYSTEM/DEBUG into system setting interface. After pressing UP, DOWN, LEFT or RIGHT button, press CONFIRM button into the interface for selection between ADDRESS SETTING and INITIALIZE SETTING. Then press UP or DOWN button to switch between them.
2. When ADDRESS SETTING is blinking, press SELECT button into address setting interface.
Hard address
Soft address
Press LEFT or RIGHT button to switch between SOFT and Hard ADDRESS settings, and UP or Down button to adjust their valuesAfter adjustment, press CONFIRM button to make the address values corresponding and effective. If the cursor stops at hard address position (hard address is blinking), press CANCEL button to make the setting value ineffective, in which case, the - -will be displayed.(Soft address is the No. displayed in 1-64 grid of LCD and hard address is the actual one of communication module.) In this example, the centralized controller controls 3 communication modules with the address of 01, 02 and 03 (i.e. hard address is 01,02 and 03).For convenient management, soft address will be set to the same as hard address, i.e. 01 001 02 002and 03 003. If communication is normal after setting, the centralized controller will display as the following figure:
95
CONTROL
Soft address display 01,02 and 03 Press under this button to check indoor unit status corresponding soft address.
01,02 and 03 of soft address is displayed, which indicates normal communication of these 3 communication modules. II PRESENT UNIT NO. displays 01-08, which indicates No. 08 indoor unit under 01 communication module is being checked. IIIPress ROOM/REGION button to check other indoor units status under present communication module. Indoor units status is automatically detected, without setting in centralized controller. I Step 5: Troubleshooting during Installation of Centralized Controller Generally speaking, connection of communication lines, address DIP of communication module and address mapping setting of centralized controller are the common problems during installation of centralized controller. These problems can be reflected from running indicator (green) of communication module. Meanwhile, it is recommended to debug the centralized controller after making communication of outdoor and indoor units smooth to simplify the problems. A. Connection of communication lines 1. If incorrect or non-connection of communication module, centralized controller and communication line of indoor and outdoor units, the green indicator will be black all the time. 2. It indicates connection problem between communication module and centralized controller that green indicator blinks once every 2s.In this case, COM2 must be used to connect them. 3. It indicates connection problem of communication module and indoor and outdoor units that green indicator blinks twice every 2s. In this case, COM1 must be used to connect them. Refer to Step 2, C for details.
96
CONTROL
B. Address DIP of communication module There are two methods for address setting. The one is that communication module has been set by software store, but the 3-digital DIP switch can not be dialed to OFF completely. The other one is to set it manually, but the 3-digital DIP switch should be dialed to OFF completely. Refer to step 3 for details.
C. Address mapping setting of centralized controller The centralized controller only can normally operate after specifying address of communication module needed to control. If not, the operation status of communication and indoor units can not be displayed by it. Refer to Step 4 for details.
97
CONTROL
7 MONITORING SOFTWARE_ 7.1 Function

As the development and improvement of manufacturing technology and in order to solve the problems of complex distribution of the central AC in the buildings and difficult control and maintenance of them, an platform easy and reliable to operate must be provided to the users for daily management and maintenance. So this long-distance monitoring system combining electronic communication and computer technologies is developed to collect the running state of the units and to monitor and control the units from a long distance. Its structure is as follow:
7.2 Connection Between the Computer and the Unit 1. Notice The address code of the communication modules should not be conflicted in one project. Optoelectronic Isolated Repeater :One every 800m of communication distance equipped with one and One every 30 communication modules equipped with one.
98
CONTROL
the communication cable and heavy-current wire should be separated and the distance between them can not be below 15cm line A and line B of Bus 485 should respectively correspond with line A and line B. crystal headcrystal head buckle is downwards
2. Wiring Diagram
Description of above communication cables

Cable D1 D2 D3 H2 Description crystal head and the other end is XH 4-core pin connector2-core Type-V twisted pair wire both crystal head(Standard parts) crystal head and the other end connects of it connect with wiring terminal of converter. 2-core Type-V twisted pair wire both 9-core head (Standard parts)
99
CONTROL
7.3 Hardware 1. Introduction to Main Devices 1.1 R232-R485 Optoelectronic Isolated Converter (standard parts)
1Function Introduction: R232-R485 optoelectronic Isolated converter is used to convert the signal 232 of PC COM and signal of bus 485. 2Dimension
Description optoelectronic isolated converter Lmm 94 Wmm 72 Hmm 23
3Installation Dimension
100
CONTROL
4Installation Criteria: It must be installed indoors to avoid knock, insolation or rainwater and is better to be put in the monitoring room. This device must be the original one in the factory. Never self-buy the models for replacement. 220-V AC socket must be installed for independent power supply. Power supply specification: 1230VDC 800mA 1.2 Optoelectronic Isolated Repeater(optional parts)
1Function Introduction: Optoelectronic Isolated repeater is mainly used to collect increase of communication distance and nodes when the quantity of communication modules is above 30 or communication distance is above 800m.Refer to Project and Installation section for details. 2Dimension
Description Optoelectronic Isolated Repeater Lmm 94 Wmm 72 Hmm 23
3Installation Dimension
101
CONTROL
4Installation Criteria: It must be installed indoors to avoid knock, insolation or rainwater and is better to be put in centralized control cabinet This device must be the original one in the factory. Never self-buy the models for replacement. 220-V AC socket must be installed for independent power supply. 1230VDC 800mA Power supply specification: 1230VDC 800mA 1.3 Communication Module (standard parts)
1Function Introduction Communication module is used for conversion and transfer of signal of PC and air conditioner during the communication of them, making the role of communication controller. Refer to User Instruction to Communication Module for details. 2Dimension:
Description Communication module Lmm 150 Wmm 102 Hmm 30 102
CONTROL
3Installation Dimension:
Description Hanging Hole Distance to top sidemm 35 Diametermm 5
4Use Instruction to Communication Module The Sketch Map of COM, as shown below:
Use Instruction Please check the user manual of communication module for details information. 5Installation Criteria of Communication Module: Ensure the specification of power adapter to avoid malfunction or damage to the communication module. Ensure unique DIP address of each communication module in the project to avoid malfunction. Ensure communication cable connects with correct COM to avoid malfunction. The communication modules should be put in centralized control cabinet together to avoid direct sunlight or high temperature and wet environment. Power transformer specification: input AC200V50HZ and output DC9V800mA
103
CONTROL
1.4 Centralized Control Cabinet (user provided parts)
1Function Instruction: It can put the communication modules together for convenient centralized management and reliable operation. 2Dimension: The following dimension is for reference. The cabinet is designed according to 10 communication modules into. If more modules are needed, the cabinet should be designed once again. The internal structure should accord to actual state. The external dimension of the cabinet (Unit: mm)
3Installation Criteria:
The dimension of the cabinet should be designed according to quantity , arrangement and put position of the communication modules before make of it. Independent power supply for each communication module is needed, so enough 220v AC sockets should be installed in the cabinet. The communication cable and heavy-current wire should be separated for the distance above 15cm.
104
CONTROL
The cabinet should be put indoors and locked to avoid insolation and rainwater or contact of non-manager. 1.5 3-way Phone Connector(user provided parts) Note: Lines without 3-way telephone connector can be connected by welding and protected with insulating tape to avoid oxidization and short circuit.
1Function Instruction: Common 3-way phone connector is applied to connect 3 pieces of communication cable. Dimension
Description 3-way connector Lmm 33 Wmm 27 Hmm 21
2Installation Criteria: Avoid knock, insolation or rainwater. Ensure tightness of each bayonet without load. Perform conduction test after installation. Replace the ones of poor contact. The welding method is better than 3-way connector. After the connection of communication cables with 3-way connector, it must be fixed by insulating tape to avoid loose and poor contact of crystal head.
105
INSTALLATION
106
INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION 1 PRECAUTIONS FOR INSTALLATION

Before installation, please ensure if the installing site, power ratings, possible operating range (pipe distance, height difference between indoor and outdoor unit, power voltage) and installing space are correct and suitable. starting the installation works. The considerations stated below are classified into WARNING and CAUTION. Those that might cause death or severe injury in case of wrong installation are identified in WARNING. However, those that are stated in CAUTION may also cause severe accidents sometimes. Therefore, both of them relate to important safety considerations and must be strictly followed. After completing the installation and test run and confirming that all are normal, please introduce to the client on how to use and repair the machine according to the Operating Instructions. Besides, please deliver the considerations herein to the clients together with the Operating Instructions, and ask them to keep properly. CAUTIONS! The installation shall be performed by the vendor or professional dealer from which you buy the machine. If you install by yourself, any improper installation might cause water leakage, electric shock or fire accident. The installation shall be done correctly according to installation instructions. Improper installation may cause water leakage, electric shock or fire. Please install at a position that is strong enough to support the weight of machine. If the installing position is of low strength, the machine may drop down and thus cause human injury. Please carry out installation in accordance with the rules for preventing the typhoon or earthquake. The machine may tip over if the installation does not comply with the requirements. The electrical cabling shall be carried out by qualified electricians in accordance with the Safety Code for Electrical Equipment, relevant local rules and the installation instructions. Make sure to use the special-purpose circuit. If the power circuit capacity is low or the construction is improper, it might cause electric shock or fire accidents. Please use suitable cables and connect them securely. Please fix the terminal joints securely. The terminal connection shall not be affected due to any external force applied onto the cable. Improper connection and fixing may cause heating and fire accidents. Keep the cables in correct shape and prevent them from protruding upward. Please protect them securely with repair board. Improper installation may cause heating and fire accidents. When erecting or relocating the air conditioner, do not let any air enter into cooling circulation system except the specified refrigerant. If any air is mixed, abnormal high pressure will occur in the cooling circulation system, thus causing crack or human injury accidents. During installation, please always use the attached parts or designated parts. Failure to use the designated parts may cause water leakage, electric shock, fire or refrigerant leakage. CAUTION: Do not connect the earth wires to gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone line. Improper earthing might cause electric shock. Leakage circuit breaker must be installed at some place. No installation of leakage circuit breaker might cause electric shock. Do not install at a place where inflammable gas might leak. Gas leakage and despot around the machine might cause fire accidents. CAUTION FOR REFRIGERANT LEAKS (Point to note connection with refrigerant leaks) Introduction The installer and system specialist shall safety against leakage according local regulations or standards. The following standards may be applicable if local regulations are not available. The
107
INSTALLATION
GMV-Rm System like other air conditioning system, uses R410A as refrigerant.R410A itself is an entirely safe non-toxic, non-combustible refrigerant. Nevertheless care must be taken to ensure that air conditioning facilities are installed in a room which is sufficiently large. This assures that the maximum concentration level of refrigerant gas is not exceeded, in the unlikely event of major leak in the system and this in accordance to the local applicable regulations and standards. Maximum concentration level The maximum charge of refrigerant and the calculation of the maximum concentration of refrigerant is directly related to the humanly occupied space in which it could leak. The unit of measurement of the concentration is 1b/ft(the weight in 1b of the refrigerant gas in 1 ft volume of the occupied space). Compliance to the local applicable regulations and standards for the maximum allowable concentration level is requied.
1).direction of the refrigerant flow 2).room where refrigerant leak has occurred(outflow of all the refrigerant from the system). Pay a special attention to the place, such as a bassment, etc. where refrigerant can stay, since refrigerant is heavier than air. Procedure for checking maximum concentration .Check the maximum concentration level in accordance with steps 11 to 4 below and take whatever action is necessary to comply. 1. Calculate the amount of refrigerant(1b) charged to each system separately. Amount of refrigerant in a single unit system(amount of refrigerant with which the system is charged before leaving the fatory) + Additional charging amount(amount of refrigerant added locally in accordance with the length or diameter of the refrigerant piping) =total amount of refrigerant(1b) in the system. NOTE Where a single refrigerant facility is divided into 2 entirely independent refrigerant systems then use the amount of refrigerant which each separate system is charged. 2. Caculate the smallest room volume(ft) In case like the following, calculate the volume of(A),(B)as a single room or as the smallest room. A. Where there are no smaller room divisions
B. Where there is a room division but there is an opening between the rooms sufficiently large to permit a free flow of air back and forth.
108
INSTALLATION
1).opening between rooms. 2).partition. (Where there is an opening without a door or where there are openings above and below the door which are each equivalent in size to 0.15% or more of the floor area.) 3. Calculating the refrigerant density using the results of the calculations in steps 1 and 2 above. Total volume of refrigerant in the refrigerant system maximum concentrationg level(1b/ ft) Size(ft) of smallest room in which there is an indoor unit installed If the result of the above calculation exceeds the maximum concentration level then make similar calculations for the second then third smallest room and so unit the result falls short of the second then third smallest room and so until result falls short of the maximum concentration. 4. Dealing with the situations where the result exceeds the maximum concentration level. Where the installation of a facility level then it will be necessary to revise the system. Please consult your GREE supplier.
109
INSTALLATION
2 FLOW CHART OF INSTALLATION

Kicking-off Design
Material selection
Inspection of site installation position
Installation of indoor unit
Installation of connection pipes
Installation of outdoor unit
Welding
Connection of power cables
Installation Connection of Connection Installation of remote communication of power of drainage control wires pipes cables

Address dial code
leakage detection under pressure Welding
Purge and make
Thermal insulation
Address dial code
Connection of indoor unit and outdoor unit
Connection of indoor unit and outdoor unit
Leakage detection under pressure
Test run of indoor unit
Vacuuming Air flow and noise level inspection
Add refrigerant
Open the valve
Commissioning of complete unit
As-built Drawing
Delivery of the Operating Instructions
110
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Installation Procedures and Acceptance Criteria: Installation Procedures
INSTALLATION
Material Selection and Equipment Inspection
Connection Communication wire Address dial code Remote Control Installation of indoor unit Power cord
Installation Drainage Pipe Thermal insulation Installation of Air Duct (when with high static pressure duct-type unit)
Welding
Installation of connection pipes Purge and make leakage detection under pressure
Thermal insulation
Installation of outdoor unit
Description and Acceptance Criteria 1. The materials specified on the engineering drawing shall be purchased as specified (e.g. copper tube, thermal insulation tube, PVC pipe, power cables, air switch, etc); 2. The materials not specified on the engineering drawing shall be purchased according to the actual quantity of works (e.g. hanger frame, cable duct, etc); 3. Check if the outdoor unit, indoor unit, communication wires and accessories are complete. 1. The power cables shall be separated from communication wires at a least distance of 10cm. 2. To avoid breaking the communication wires, please do not use strong force; 3. For multiple units, please mark them properly. 4. Switch on indoor and outdoor unit, and ensure there is no display of Communication Wire Error E6. 1. Each indoor unit under the same system has a unique address dial code. 2. The wired controller and its corresponding indoor unit have the same address dial code. 1. Select the remote control mode; 2. The centralized controller and communication module shall be installed free from the source of interference. 1. The power cable must meet the specifications. 2. The indoor units under the same system must be arranged under unified power supply. 1. The PVC pipes must meet the specifications. 2. A specific gradient must be provided along the water flow direction. 3. Carry out water detection after installation. 4. Carry out thermal insulation to the drainage pipe only after the water detection is accepted. 1. The thermal insulation tube must meet the specifications. 2. Seal between the thermal insulation pipes to avoid air entry. 1. Design the length of air duct according to static pressure; 2. The return air inlet shall be optimally designed to avoid too small size. 1. The copper tube must meet the specifications. 2. Ensure it is dry and clean inside the tube. 3. Make sure to charge nitrogen as required for protection when welding the tubes. 4. Please keep to the welding process and ensure the system free of leakage. 5. Add a dual-way filter on liquid pipe side. 6. For multiple systems, please mark them properly. 7. Carry out leakage detection under pressure after welding. 1. Purge the system clean. 2. Keep the pressure for 24 hours. Except for the influence by temperature, it is deemed acceptable if pressure drop is within 0.02MPa. (With the temperature change by 1, the pressure will change by approx. 0.01MPa). 1. The thermal insulation tube must meet the specifications. 2. Seal between the thermal insulation pipes to avoid air entry. 1. Select the installing position correctly. 2. Build the foundation according to the anchor bolt position and the dimension of outdoor unit; 3. Build the damping device properly. 4. Avoid sharp knock when handling the outdoor unit. The inclination angle shall not be greater than 15. 111
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Connection of indoor unit and outdoor unit 1. 2.
INSTALLATION Tighten the nuts; Provide proper protection to the outdoor connection pipe, communication wires and power supply. Keep the pressure for 24 hours. Except for the influence by temperature, it is deemed acceptable if pressure drop is within 0.02MPa. (With the temperature change by 1, the pressure will change by approx. 0.01MPa). 1. Establish vacuum simultaneously in the gas pipe and liquid pipe; 2. The vacuuming time shall be long enough. Put still for 1 hour after vacuuming. It is deemed acceptable if the pressure will not rise. Add refrigerant according to the volume as specified on the engineering drawing.
Leakage detection under pressure
Vacuuming
Add refrigerant Open the valve of outdoor unit Commissioning of complete unit
Remarks: 1) Described above are general working procedures. The procedures might vary with the site conditions. 2) For detailed installation rules, please see the description in each chapter.
112
INSTALLATION
3 INSTALLATION OF OUTDOOR UNIT

3.1 Hoisting of Unit Transport the unit to a place as close as possible to the installing site before taking it out of the packaging box. CAUTIONS! Never put any object on top of the unit before and after installation. To lift the machine with crane, please use two ropes to lift the outdoor unit. Hoisting Method The machine must be balanced when it is lifted. Check and ensure that the machine can be lifted up safely and stably. CAUTIONS! Do not attach the ropes to the lower wood frame of the packaging box. Never remove any packaging materials. As shown, insert two ropes through the square holes on the machine and protect the machine with batten and corrugated paper.
Never remove the wood frame and plastic straps.
Rope The angle between rope and machine shall be higher than 60. 60 Tie the ropes the batten and corrugated paper with a 15 thickness not over 15mm.
Do not apply any force to this board (both sides). Insert the ropes through square hole.
During lifting, the position of ropes is as shown below. Move the lower wood frame of the packaging box away and lift the unit to correct position.
Rope
Rope
Square hole
Square hole

Correct

Wrong
3.2 Selection of Installation Site The unit may be installed on balcony, roof, special platform or any other position easy to install and able to support the weight. Select the place with good ventilation, where the exhaust is smooth and will not be circulated. Meanwhile, the exhaust from the unit shall not affect the neighbors. The air discharged from the unit will not flow back, and there shall be adequate service space around the machine.
113
INSTALLATION
Around the unit there shall be no strong heat source or exhaust port of other equipment, nor any strong hot steam or inflammable gas. When several units are to be installed, adequate suction space shall be ensured to avoid short-circuit circulation. Install at a place that will not be affected by rainstorm in winter. Install at a place where there is no obstruction close to the air inlet or outlet. Around the machine body, drainage channel shall be provided for discharge of cold or warm water. The indoor connection pipe is easy to connect outdoors. The indoor and outdoor units shall be installed to minimize the length and bends of refrigerant pipe. Install close to power socket for easy connection of the cables. Open space required around the unit. Fasten the machine onto the supporting legs and base with M12 screw combination.
114
INSTALLATION
3.3 Outline Dimension Data and Installation Dimension Data 1 .GMV-Rm224W/Na-M GMV-Rm280W/Na-M. Outline Dimension Data and Installation Dimension Data:
Mounting dimensions:
Front side
Back side
Rear case
Foundation
Front beam of rear case
Crossbeam of rear case
Rear beam of rear case
115
INSTALLATION
2 GMV-Rm335W/Na-N1 . GMV-Rm400W/Na-N1 GMV-Rm450W/Na-N1 GMV-Rm504W/Na-N1 Outline Dimension Data and Installation Dimension Data:
Mounting dimensions:
116
INSTALLATION
3.4 Clearance Data 1) Clearance data of single unit GMV-Rm224W/Na-MGMV-Rm280W/Na-M Clearance data of single unit Electric box and tube exit are on this side
Air outlet
Outdoor unit
GMV-Rm335W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm504W/Na-M Clearance data of single unit
117
INSTALLATION
2)
Clearance data of multiple unit outdoor units
a) Requirements for mounting space dimensions of single-fan and single-fan double-module
Air outlet
Air outlet
The electric box and tube exit are on this side.
b)Requirements for mounting space dimensions of single-fan three-module and double-fan double-module outdoor units
Air Outlet
Air Outlet
Air Outlet
118
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF c)
INSTALLATION
Requirements for mounting space dimensions of double-fan three-module outdoor unit
Air Outlet
Air Outlet
119
INSTALLATION
3.5 Take Monsoons and Snow into Consideration To ensure good ventilation, the top of unit shall be kept open and free of any obstructions. In case that the front side and left side (or right side) of the outdoor unit is open space, the unit shall be installed in the same direction. Dimension of installation space for back-to-back installation is as below.
No restriction to wall height
Front side
Back side Back side
Front side
Distance to another outdoor unit beside
Max.machines Max. in line in line four three machines
In case there are walls on four sides of the outdoor unit: It is suggested to install the unit in the same direction.
Frontside
Backside Back side
Frontside
Distance to another outdoor unit beside
Max. in line four machines
120
INSTALLATION
In case there are walls on four sides of the outdoor unit: It is suggested to install the unit in the same direction.
Back side
Frontside Back side
Max. four machines in line
5The monsoon shall be taken into consideration when installing the outdoor unit.
Correct Protective cover Correct Incorrect
Fresh air Fresh air suction side suction side (back side) (back side)
Fresh air suction side (back side)
Fresh air suction side (back side)
The defrost time will be extended under this condition.
6The snow shall be taken into consideration when installing the outdoor unit. To prevent the snow from covering the air outlet and air inlet, it is required to use an protective cover on air outlet and air inlet, and use a higher foundation base.
Correct
Air outlet protective cover (to be provided on installation site) Monsoon
Incorrect
Monsoon
Air outlet protective cover (to be provided on installation site)

The base height shall consider the snow.
121
INSTALLATION
7) Installation foundation requirements for outdoor unit

Nut Spring washer Support
Type of anchoring bolt: JA Size MJ2 44 bolts required Screws protruding out
Drainage ditch
Incline smoothly downward 1/50 for 1/50 approx.
Construction method for anchoring bolt
Drainage ditch When foundation is built on ground When foundation is built on floor
A View
Centralized Installation of Multiple
Notes: a. b. c. d. e. Concrete proportioning: Cement : sand : stone = 1 : 2 : 4. Meanwhile, 10 pieces of 10mm reinforced steel bars shall be placed every 30mm. Level the foundation surface with mortar and chamfer the sharp edge. It is not needed to use gravel stone when the foundation is built on concrete floor, but the foundation surface must be deburred. Drainage ditch shall be built around the foundation, so that the condensate from the equipment can be fully discharged. To install the air conditioner on roof, please check the strength of building and take waterproof measures.
122
INSTALLATION
4 INSTALLATION OF INDOOR UNIT

4.1 Selection of installation site When considering the position of indoor unit, please take special care on the following problems: 1). Ensure optimal air flow and most uniform distribution of temperature in actual application; 2). Avoid air backflow in different air-conditioning area;
3).The position of unit shall consider if the return air will be affected. Especially for duct-type indoor unit, ensure that the return air frame must be at least 300mm from the back wall (back air return method) or other obstructions.
123
INSTALLATION
4) For the back air return type unit and the return air inlet on the ceiling is right under on the unit,, ensure that the base of unit shall be at least 50mm from the ceiling, and also ensure that the effective flow area between the base of unit and ceiling shall not be less than the area of return air frame on the unit. For example:
Air outlet Return
Return air inlet
Indoor Unit
Return air area: S1=DE Circumference of return air on ceiling: L=2(A+B) Effective return air area on ceiling: S2=LH S2 shall not be less than S1, and the distance between ceiling and unit (H) shall not be less than 50mm. 5).The air inlet and outlet of indoor unit shall not have any obstructions blocking the air flow. 6) The indoor unit with rated cooling capacity higher than 5.6Kw shall be installed with air supply duct additionally. The air duct and air outlet shall be so designed that they can reduce the noise. 7) The position of unit shall also consider enough space for repair work.
air inlet
This distance (H) shall not be shorter than 50MM The distance of return air frame to back wall shall not be shorter than 300MM
124
INSTALLATION
8) Position of manhole and return air inlet Except that enough space for repair shall be considered during positioning of the unit, the position of manhole is also very important. If the manhole position is improper, it will bring difficulty to the maintenance and repair in the future. The manhole size shall be at least the width between two shoulders of an adult. The size shall not be less than 450mm450mm. For duct-type indoor unit, it shall be generally positioned on electric box side and within 50mm~100mm from the electric box. Meanwhile, this position shall also consider the repair of pipeline. For cassette indoor unit, main consideration shall be put to repair position of pipeline. Therefore, the manhole shall be positioned on one side 200mm~250mm from the connection pipe. See the schematics below:
Ceiling
Refrigerant pipe
Manhole
50mm--100mm
Distance on this end
Electric box Air outlet
Unit
Indoor
air inlet
Return
For duct-type indoor unit, the position of return air inlet must be considered. The air intake opening is mainly used for air intake to the unit, but on another hand it must be serve as the access to repair of the fan motor and filter. Therefore, except that it shall meet the air intake design requirements above, it must be accessible for replacement of the motor and filter. a Avoid positioning the return air inlet close to the door, wash room or kitchen; otherwise possible condensing or bad odor might be caused.
125
INSTALLATION
b The lengthwise dimension of return air inlet not be less than 2/3 of the air intake length on the unit. . c If the air intake is right behind the unit, its distance to the unit shall be not higher than 300mm. The widthwise dimension of return air inlet shall not be less than 200mm. d For the design that the return air inlet is also used as the manhole for electric box, repair position shall be provided on electric box side according to the principles above. Meanwhile, the position of this return air inlet position must be considered if it can ensure removal and replacement of fan motor and filter. Therefore, the return air inlet shall, based on meeting the air flow design, be enlarged to 1.5~ 2 times of the original air flow area according to actual applications. See the schematics below:
Air outlet
Indoor
Area of original return air inlet: S=AB Required area of return air inlet: S= A B S (1.5~2.0)S
Unit
Return air inlet
126
INSTALLATION
4.2 Space Requirements for Units Installation 1).Ducted indoor unit
Nut with washer Nut spring pad
2).Cassette Type Indoor Unit

surface
>20
W all surface
W all surface
1500
M odel
H
1500 1800
G M V-R 28T/N a-K G M V-R36T/Na-K G M V-R45T/Na-K G M V-R50T/Na-K G M V-R56T/Na-K G M V-R71T/Na-K G M V-R90T/Na-K G M V-R112T/Na-K G M V-R125T/Na-K G M V-R140T/Na-K
210
260
unit:m m
340
G round surface
W all surface
>20
W all surface
W all surface
1500
Model
H
1500 1800
GMV(L)-R22T/NaA-K GMV(L)-R28T/NaA-K GMV(L)-R36T/NaA-K GMV(L)-R45T/NaA-K
250
unit:mm
Ground surface
127
INSTALLATION
3). Floor And Ceiling Type Indoor Unit
4).Wall Mounted Type Indoor Unit

ceiling
>150
ceiling
>150
>150
>3000
wall
>2000
unit:mm ground ground
128
INSTALLATION
4.3 Dimensions Data 1) Ducted indoor unit The following figure is applicable to the indoor units of GMV(L)-R22P/Na-K, GMV(L)-R25P/Na-K, GMV(L)-R28P/Na-K, GMV(L)-R32P/Na-K GMV(L)-R36P/Na-K
The following figure is applicable to the indoor units of GMV(L)-R40P/Na-K, GMV(L)-R45P/Na-K, GMV(L)-R50P/Na-K, GMV(L)-R56P/Na-K, GMV(L)-R63P/Na-K, GMV(L)-R71P/Na-K, GMV(L)-R80P/Na-K, GMV(L)-R90P/Na-K, GMV(L)-R100P/Na-K, GMV(L)-R112P/Na-K, GMV(L)-R125P/Na-K.
Fig.1
129
INSTALLATION
1Look from the air outlet, the wiring is in the left of the unit. 2 The method of wind circle can be selected to be bottom air return or back air return according to actual installation circumstances.
Model GMV(L)-R40P/Na -K GMV(L)-R45P/Na -K GMV(L)-R50P/Na -K GMV(L)-R56P/Na -K GMV(L)-R63P/Na -K GMV(L)-R71P/Na -K GMV(L)-R80P/Na -K GMV(L)-R90P/Na -K GMV(L)-R100P/N a-K GMV(L)-R112P/N a-K GMV(L)-R125P/N a-K A 932 932 932 1112 1112 1112 1112 1350 1350 1350 1350 B 430 430 430 420 420 420 420 420 420 420 420 C 738 738 738 918 918 918 918 1155 1155 1155 1155 D 892 892 892 1074 1074 1074 1074 1310 1310 1310 1310 E 980 980 980 1159 1159 1159 1159 1385 1385 1385 1385 F 736 736 736 736 736 736 736 736 736 736 736 G 738 738 738 918 918 918 918 1155 1155 1155 1155 H 125 125 125 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 I 203 203 203 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 J 266 266 266 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260
The following figure is applicable to the indoor units of GMVL-R22P/NaB-KGMVL -R28P/NaB-KGMVL-R36P/NaB-KGMVL-R22PS/NaB-KGMVL-R28PS/NaB-K GMVL-R36PS/NaB-K.
130
INSTALLATION
Fig.2 The following figure is applicable to the indoor units of GMVL-R45P/NaB-K GMVL -R56P/NaB-KGMVL-R71P/NaB-KGMVL-R90P/NaB-KGMVL-R112P/NaB-KGMV L -R140P/NaB-K GMV L -R45PS/NaB-K GMV L -R56PS/NaB-K GMV L -R71PS/NaB-K GMVL-R90PS/NaB-KGMVL-R112PS/NaB-KGMVL-R140PS/NaB-K.
131
INSTALLATION
Fig.3 1Look into from air outlet vent, the wiring is in the left of the unit. 2The method of wind circle can be selected to bottom back wind or rear back wing according to the installation circumstance of the reality.
GMV(L)-R45P/NaB-K GMV(L)-R45PS/NaB-K GMV(L)-R56P/NaB-KGMV(L)-R71P/NaB-K GMV(L)-R56PS/NaB-KGMV(L)-R71PS/NaB-K GMV(L)-R90P/NaB-KGMV(L)-R112P/NaB-K GMV(L)-R90PS/NaB-K GMV(L)-R112PS/NaB-K GMV(L)-R140P/NaB-K GMV(L)-R140PS/NaB-K A 932 1114 B 430 420 C 738 918 D 892 1074 E 980 1155 F 721 736 G 738 1010 H 125 207 I 203 207 J 266 300
1382
420
1155
1340
1425
736
1280
207
250
300
Installation space requirements
Nut with washer Nut spring pad
Installation demonstration
132
INSTALLATION
Selection of return air duct

5 4 5 3
Supply air Wind supply
2
Return air 1 Back wind Install the return air pipe (a) Install the back wind pipe (a)
Return air Back wind
Install the return air pipe (b) Install the back wind pipe(b) No. 4 5 6 Name Indoor unit Supply air duct Test grill
No.
Name Return air inlet (with filter) Canvas air duct Return air duct
Installation of fresh air duct 1. When fresh air ductis needed to be connected, cut the fresh air baffle as shown in fig.8. Plug up the gap of fresh air baffle by sponge if fresh air duct is not used. 2. Install the circle flange so that the fresh air duct can be connected as fig.9. 3. Well sealing and heat preservation should be done for both air duct and circle flange pipe. 4. Fresh air should be the air after filtrate treatment.
Cut off Cut off
Fresh air baffle New wind baffle
Round air duct Circle wind pipe
133
INSTALLATION
Installation of air supply duct
Ceiling hoisting
Return air Back wind
Return air Back wind 3 Ducted type indoor unit 4 Return air inlet
No. Name
1 Hoisting
2 Return air duct
5 Supply air bent
6 Air outlet
NoteFig.6 only shows the installation of back return air inlet.The bottom return air inlet can be installed according to the back return air inlet. The supply air duct, which is rectangle or round, and connected with the air inlet/outlet of the indoor unit, should keep open at least one. The round air duct type should adopt round duct to transmit cold (hot) air to the room. The round air duct should add a transitionary pipe, whose size should match with the size of supply air outlet of the unit. After connecting the transitionary pipe, install the round air outlet connection pipe whose longest length to each individual air outlet should not be over 10m. Ducted type indoor unit model 70 can share 3 trainsitional pipes, while model 100,120 can share 4. The transitional pipe, whose straight length is 200.Round air outlet connection pipe produced by our company, whose diameter is 200, can be ordered separately as standard fittings. Model 50 and the model below it do not share the round air vent. The following is the diagram for installation of round air duct. Note: 1. The longest length of air duct means the general length of the supply air duct to the farthest supply air outlet plus the general length of return air duct to the relative farthest return air inlet. 2.To the unit with auxiliary heater, if the round air duct is need to connected, the straight length of trainsitional air duct should not shorter than 200mm.
1 2 3 4
Number Name 1 Screw 2 Return air duct 3 Ducted type indoor unit 4
5
Return air inlet
7
5 Transitionary pipe 6 Supply air duct 7 Air outlet pipe
Setting hole for maintenance After installation of hidden duct-type unit, manhole must be provided in ceiling on the electric box side of the indoor unit. In respect to the manhole, the following points must be taken into consideration: For access, the manhole size shall be larger than 500mm500mm. The manhole must be at a possible easily accessible for repair of electric elements and pipe. The return air inlet may also be used as manhole for repair of motor.
134
INSTALLATION
2Cassette type indoor unit
cassett type Unit
780(Gaps between hoisting screw rods)
950(Decorated surface boards)
Refrigerant pipe
890*(Ceiling opening)
840( Indoor unit)
Hoisting screw(X4)
840( Indoor unit) 890(Ceiling opening) 950(Decorated surface boards)
A
Install dimension of mode GMV-R140T/Na-K GMV-R125T/Na-K GMV-R112T/Na-K GMV-R90T/ Na-K GMV-R71T/ Na-K GMV-R56T/ Na-KGMV-R50T/ Na-KGMV-R45T/ Na-KGMV-R36T/ Na-KGMV-R28T/ Na-K The drilling of holes in the ceiling must be done by the professional personnel.
Installation stands for main body of the unit
Ceiling
(160)
Above 20
Fig.4
Notes: The dimension for the ceiling openings with * marks can be as large as 910mm. But the overlapping sections of the ceiling and the decorated surface boards should be maintained at no less than 20mm.
135
INSTALLATION
Install dimension of mode GMVL-R45T/ NaA-K GMVL-R36T/ NaA-K GMVL-R28T/ NaA-KGMVL-R22T/ NaA-K The drilling of holes in the ceiling must be done by the professional personnel.
Installation stands for m ain body of the unit
Ceiling
(160)
Above 20
Fig.5
Notes: The dimension for the ceiling openings with * marks can be as large as 910mm. But the overlapping sections of the ceiling and the decorated surface boards should be maintained at no less than 20mm.
4.4 1-way cassett type Unit

Selection of installation site 1. Obstruct should be away from the air intake or outlet vent of the indoor unit so that the airflow blow all over the place of the room. 2. Make sure the installation of the indoor unit accords with the requirement for installation dimension drawing. 3. Select the place which can withstand 4 times weight of the indoor unit and would not increase the operating noise and shake. 4. The installation place should be horizontal. 5. Select the place, where coagulated water is easy to discharge and outside unit to be connected. 6. Above 18000mm between the earth and indoor unit should be ensured for maintenance and repair. 7. Use hoisting screw to check if the installation place can withstand 4 times weight of the units and strengthen it before installing.
136
INSTALLATION
Dimensions Data
Important notice: Drilling the hole of the ceiling and installing the units must be operated by professionals Clearance data
Installation demonstration
137
INSTALLATION
Fig 6
2.
Hoisting the main body of the unit Hoisting the main body Attach the hoisting stand base to hoisting screw. In order to firm the hoisting stand base, use nuts with washers on either end of it.(refer to Fig. 1) Please refer to the dimension of ceiling opening on the cardboard for installation There is a mark for ceiling opening center on the cardboard. There is also a mark for main body center on the cardboard. Use screws to fix the installation cardboard on the unit. (refer to Fig.3) 3. Adjust the unit to right installation place. 4. Check if the unit is horizontal. Inner drainage pump and bobber switch are installed in indoor unit. Check if every side of the unit is horizontal by water lever. (If the unit slants to opposite direction towards which coagulate water flows, it will bring malfunction to the bobber switch and cause water drops. (refer to Fig.2) 5. Unscrew the screws on the cardboard, which can be used for installing front panel. Drainage pipe 1. Installing drainage pipe The diameter of drainage pipe should be larger than that of connecting pipe. (Polythene pipe: dimension: outer diameter 25mm wall thickness1.5mm) Drainage pipe should be as short as possible and drooping gradient at least 1/100 to avoid the formation of air bubble. If drainage hose cannot have enough drooping gradient, drainage raising pipe should be installed. In order not to bend the drainage hose, the distance between hoisting stands should be 1 to 1.5m..
138
INSTALLATION
With accessory drainage hose and clamp, insert the drainage hose into the drainage faucet, and then tighten the clamp. Entwine the clamp of drainage hose with the big sponge to isolate heat. Isolate heat for the outdoor drainage host.
Drainage Hose Notice for drainage raising pipe The installation height should be less than 280mm. A right angle should be formed by the drainage raising pipe and unit, which should not be more than 300mm far from the unit.
Sponge (Gray)
Ceiling Note The gradient of the accessory drainage hose should be within 75mm so that the drainage faucet need not endure extra outside force. If several drainage hoses join together, please install them according to the following process.
139
INSTALLATION
The specs of the selected joint hose should fit the running capacity of the units.
Front panel body and installation 1.Take off the front panel from the panel body.
2. AS shown in Fig.4, install the panel body, and then tighten the screws according to the sequences in the figures. 3 .As shown in Fig.5, install the panel on the panel ,and then turn it for fastening
140
INSTALLATION
3). Floor and Ceiling Type Indoor Unit When installing the unit, you can refer the paper pattern for installation, and make sure that the drainage side must be 10mm lower that the other side in order to drain the condensation water fluently.
Unit: mm
model GMV-R28Zd/Na-K GMV-R36Zd/Na-K GMV-R50Zd/Na-K GMV-R71Zd/Na-K GMV-R90Zd/Na-K GMV-R112Zd/Na-K GMV-R125Zd/Na-K A 840 840 840 1300 1590 1590 1590 B 695 695 695 600 695 695 695 C 238 238 238 188 238 238 238 D 745 745 745 1220 1500 1500 1500 E 260 260 260 260 260 260 260
141
INSTALLATION
4). Wall Mounted Type Indoor Unit
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
GMV-R22G/Na-K GMV-R28G/Na-K GMV-R36G/Na-K GMV-R45G/Na-K GMV-R50G/Na-K GMV-R56G/Na-K GMV-R71G/Na-K GMV-R80G/Na-K
770190250 770190250 830189285 830189285 1020228310 1020228310 1178227326 1178227326
142
INSTALLATION
5 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS OF REFRIGERANT PIPING

5.1 Specification
R410A refrigerant system External Diameter(mm/inch) 6.35(1/4) 9.52(3/8) 12.70(1/2) 15.88(5/8) 19.05(3/4) 22.2(7/8) 25.40(1/1) 28.60(9/8) 34.90(11/8) 38.10(12/8) 41.30(13/8) 44.45(7/4) 54.1(17/8) Thickness(mm) 0.8 0.8 0.8 1 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Type 0 0 0 0 1/2H 1/2H 1/2H 1/2H 1/2H 1/2H 1/2H 1/2H 1/2H
5.2 Allowable Length and Height Differences of the Refrigerant Piping between the Indoor and Outdoor Units
R410A refrigerant system Total length (actual length) of fitting pipe Length of the furthest fitting pipe Actual length Equivalent length Allowable (m/ft) value 500/1640 150/492 175/574 40/131.2 50/164 40/131.2 15/49.2 Fitting pipe L1+L2+L3+L4++L9+a+b++i+j L1+L6+L7+L8+L9+o+t L1+L6+L7+L8+L9+o+t
Equivalent length of fitting pipe st from the 1 branch joint to farthest indoor unit Height differences between indoor unit and outdoor unit Outdoor unit at upper Outdoor unit at lower
Height differences between indoor units
143
INSTALLATION
Outdoor unit
The head between the Indoor and Outdoor Units H50m
L1 L2 The first branch a L3 L4 b L5 c d The head between the Indoor Units H15m e ME UNIT
Indoor units
L6 The correspond length of the furthest piping L150m The correspond length from the first branc to the furthest Indoor Unit piping L40m L7 f L8 g L9 h i j
Indoor units The correspond length is designed according to an interval of 0.5m of the Y-type branch pipes
5.3 Selection of diameter of branch pipe and connection pipe System Piping Schematics
144
INSTALLATION
Connection pipes between the branch piping of outdoor unit and indoor unit Connection branch piping between outdoor units
Connection piping between branch pipes of outdoor units
Connection pipe between the branch piping of outdoor unit and the first branch pipe on the indoor side Connecting pipe between the branch piping of indoor unit and mode exchanger Indoor Unit 1
Branch piping between indoor units
Connecting pipe between the branch pipes of outdoor unit
Connecting pipe between the branch piping of indoor unit and mode converter Indoor Unit 2
Connecting pipe between the branch piping of indoor unit and mode converter Indoor Unit 3
145
INSTALLATION
1. Selection of the branch piping between outdoor units

R410A refrigerant system Y-Type Branch Pipe Total Capacity of the Outdoor Unit (C) 224C2016 Model ML01
Piping between outdoor unit and connection sub-assy
Piping between outdoor unit and indoor unit
Piping between connection sub-assys of module
and connection sub-assy
Piping between outdoor unit
The diameter of the piping (the main pipe) from the Outdoor Unit to the first branch joint A. For a single-module system, the diameter of the piping from the Outdoor Unit to the first branch joint shall be selected according to the diameter of refrigerant piping for outdoor unit. The diameter of the refrigerant piping for basic module outdoor unit is as below:
Basic Model Piping Connections Liquid(mm) Gas(mm)
GMV-Rm224W/Na-M GMV-Rm280W/Na-M GMV-Rm335W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M
9.5 9.5 12.7 12.7 12.7
22.2 22.2 28.6 28.6 28.6
15.9 28.6 GMV-Rm504W/Na-M B. If it is a multi-module system, The diameter of the branch piping between modules and outdoor unit shall be selected based on the diameter of the refrigerant piping of basic module outdoor unit. The diameter of the refrigerant piping of basic module outdoor unit is as below: Basic Model Piping Connections Liquid(mm) Gas(mm)
GMV-Rm224W/Na-M GMV-Rm280W/Na-M GMV-Rm335W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm504W/Na-M
9.5 9.5 12.7 12.7 12.7

15.9
22.2 22.2 28.6 28.6 28.6 28.6
146
INSTALLATION
The diameter of the refrigerant piping between the branch pipes of basic module outdoor unit is as follows:
Diameter of the refrigerant piping between the branch pipes of outdoor unit
Q960
Total rated capacity Q of upstream outdoor unit
960Q450 19.1 34.9
450Q 12.7 28.6
Lquid pipe(mm) Gas pipe(mm)
22.2 44.5
The diameter of the piping from the end branch pipe of outdoor unit to the first branch pipe of indoor unit shall be selected according to the capacity of combined basic modules as below:
Piping Connections Multple Model Uses combination of Lquid pipe (mm) 9.52 9.52 12.7 12.7 12.7 15.9 15.9 15.9 15.9 19.05 19.05 19.05 19.05 19.05 19.05 19.05 19.05 19.05 19.05 Gas pipe (mm) 22.2 22.2 28.6 28.6 28.6 28.6 28.6 28.6 28.6 34.9 34.9 34.9 34.9 34.9 41.3 41.3 41.3 41.3 41.3
GMV-Rm224W/Na-M GMV-Rm280W/Na-M GMV-Rm335W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm504W/Na-M GMV-Rm560W2/Na-M GMV-Rm615W2/Na-M GMV-Rm670W2/Na-M GMV-Rm730W2/Na-M GMV-Rm800W2/Na-M GMV-Rm850W2 Na-M GMV-Rm900W2/Na-M GMV-Rm954W2/Na-M GMV-Rm1008W2/Na-M GMV-Rm1070W3/Na-M GMV-Rm1135W3/Na-M GMV-Rm1200W3/Na-M GMV-Rm1250W3/Na-M
GMV-Rm224W/Na-M GMV-Rm280W/Na-M GMV-Rm335W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm504W/Na-M GMV-Rm280W/Na-M; GMV-Rm280W/Na-M GMV-Rm280W/Na-M; GMV-Rm335W/Na-M GMV-Rm335W/Na-M GMV-Rm335W/Na-M GMV-Rm335W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm504W/Na-M GMV-Rm504W/Na-M GMV-Rm504W/Na-M GMV-Rm335W/Na-M GMV-Rm335W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm335W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M
147

GMV-Rm1300W3/Na-M GMV-Rm1350W3/Na-M GMV-Rm1405W3/Na-M GMV-Rm1458W3/Na-M GMV-Rm1512W3/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm504W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm504W/Na-M GMV-Rm504W/Na-M GMV-Rm504W/Na-M GMV-Rm504W/Na-M GMV-Rm504W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M + GMV-Rm450W/Na-M + GMV-Rm450W/Na-M + GMV-Rm504W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M + GMV-Rm450W/Na-M + GMV-Rm504W/Na-M + GMV-Rm504W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M + GMV-Rm504W/Na-M + GMV-Rm504W/Na-M + GMV-Rm504W/Na-M GMV-Rm504W/Na-M + GMV-Rm504W/Na-M + GMV-Rm504W/Na-M + GMV-Rm504W/Na-M 19.05 19.05 22.2 22.2 22.2
INSTALLATION
41.3 41.3 44.5 44.5 44.5
GMV-Rm1600W4/Na-M
22.2
44.5
GMV-Rm1650W4/Na-M
25.4
54.1
GMV-Rm1700W4/Na-M
25.4
54.1
GMV-Rm1750W4/Na-M
25.4
54.1
GMV-Rm1800W4/Na-M
25.4
54.1
GMV-Rm1854W4/Na-M
25.4
54.1
GMV-Rm1908W4/Na-M
25.4
54.1
GMV-Rm1962W4/Na-M
25.4
54.1
GMV-Rm2016W4/Na-M
25.4
54.1
3Selection of the branch piping of indoor unit Branch pipes between indoor units shall be selected based on the total capacity of downstream indoor units in accordance with the following table.
R410A refrigerant system Total Capacity of the Downstream Indoor Unit (X) X200 200X300 Y-Type Branch Pipe 300X700 700X1350 1350X Model FQ01A/A FQ01B/A FQ02/A FQ03/A FQ04/A
Note: A. When the total capacity of downstream indoor units is higher than the capacity of outdoor unit,
148
INSTALLATION
the branch pipe shall be selected according to the capacity of outdoor unit. B. For branch pipes with capacity more than FQ05Na/Aincluding FQ05Na/A, the ratio of the capacity values corresponding to the two branches after the jointing shall not exceed 31. Example: To branch the pipe for which the total capacity code of downstream indoor unit is 960, the sum of the capacity code of downstream indoor units on any side after branching shall not be less than 240. C. Only branch pipes FQ04Na/A, FQ03Na/A, FQ02Na/A and FQ01Na/A can be directly connected to indoor unit, and other branch pipes can not be directly connected to indoor unit. Branch pipe FQ03Na/A can not be used for connection of two or more indoor units with capacity more than 56 (including 56). D. If no suitable pipe is available for branch piping, a transition pipe shall be added, or coupling of piping with the exterior of branch pipe shall be used for connection. 4.The diameter of the piping between branch joints (the branch pipe) of the indoor unit.
Total capacity code of indoor units at downstream side C56 56<C142 142<C220 220<C300 300<X500 500<X680 680<X960 960<X1350 1350<X1580 1580<X Gas pipe mm 12.7 15.9 19.1 22.2 28.6 28.6 34.9 41.3 44.5 44.5 inch 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 9/8 9/8 11/8 13/8 7/4 7/4 Lquid pipe mm 9.52 9.52 9.52 9.52 12.7 15.9 19.1 19.1 22.2 25.4 inch 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 3/4 7/8 1
5) the oil balance pipe installation between basic models. When the outdoor unit is combined with two basic modle or more,the oil balance pipe should be installed between basic models.It is connected with 12.7mm copper pipe,an13.0mm oil balancing connection three-way valve is needed when there are more than two units combined together.
149
INSTALLATION
5.4 Design requirements for oil trap If the height different between the indoor unit and outdoor unit exceeds 6m, one oil trap shall be installed every 6m from lower to upper on the vertical section of high-pressure pipe and low-pressure pipe. The oil trap shall be fabricated into two U-type elbows or one return-type elbow. The height shall be 3~5 times the piping diameter. See below for details on installation and fabrication of oil trap. a. The oil trap may be fabricated into U-type or -type. b. If the outdoor unit is below the indoor unit, it is not needed to install oil trap at the highest or lowest position. If the outdoor unit is above the indoor unit, oil trap and stop elbow must be installed at the lowest and highest position of the vertical pipe. See the schematics below:
Oil trap
Outdoor Oil trap
unit higher than indoor unit
c. Fabrication dimension of oil trap is as shown below:
A mm 19.0 22.2 25.4 28.6 34.9 38.1 41.3 44.5 54.1 inch 3/4 7/8 1/1 9/8 11/8 12/8 13/8 7/4 17/8
B(mm) 34 31 45
C(mm) 150 150 150 150 250 350 450 500 500
150
INSTALLATION
6 INSTALLATION OF REFRIGERANT PIPING

6.1 Flow Chart of Installation
Installation of indoor unit
Fabrication according to piping design dimension
Installation of connection pipes
Expel with nitrogen
Welding
Purge
Airtight test
Vacuuming and drying
151
INSTALLATION
6.2 Three Principles of Refrigerant Piping Installation Keep to the three principles of refrigerant piping:
Key Factors Invasion of outside water Example: Rainwater, engineering water Invasion of indoor condensate Formation of oxides inside the pipe during welding Invasion of dust and foreign articles from outside Measures to Avoid Failure
Fabrication of fitting pipe Purge Vacuuming and drying
Dry
Clean
Expel with nitrogen 0.05~0.3Mpa Purge Fabrication of fitting pipe
Airtight
Incomplete welding Leakage from flared port Leakage from edge
Use suitable materials (copper tube, soldering bar) Observe the basic welding procedures. Observe the basic operations for flaring of fitting pipe Observe the basic interfacing procedures.
Airtight test
Three principles for refrigerant piping:

Dry No moisture inside Clean No dust inside Airtight No leakage of refrigerant
Moisture
Dust Leakage
6.3 Installation of Metal Embedded Pipe 1) Construction of piping support, hanger and bracket: The type shall be reasonable; the fixing shall be secure; the surface shall be clean and have no dirt; the section embedded in wall or slab shall not be applied with lacquer or painting, and shall have no oil dirt. They shall be placed horizontally flat and vertically straight without any inclination. 2) Construction of the bolts fixing the equipment: Ensure adequate strength as required in equipment specifications. The exposed section of embedded parts shall be subjected to anticorrosion treatment. The equipment foundation must be subjected to waterproof treatment if required. 3) Construction of steel sheath: The pipes shall be installed in steel sheath to cross the wall or slab. The welding seam on pipe shall not be positioned within the sheath. The steel sheath shall be flush with the wall surface or slab base, but 20mm higher than the base. The diameter of steel sheath shall be designed in consideration of the thickness of thermal insulation and gradient of condensate pipe. The clearance between pipe and sheath shall be blocked by using flexible inflammable materials. The sheath shall not be used as the supporting point of the pipe. 4) Work Order
Metal Embedding Diagram Plotting Installation of Metal Embedded Parts
152
INSTALLATION
Plot the line on ground if possible and use laser to project it onto the roof. This is quick and correct. 5) Advance Installation of Metal Embedded Parts Please select according to local codes. 6) Subsequent Installation of Expansion Bolts In case that the metal embedded parts cannot be used due to design change, the expansion bolts may be used. 7) Subsequent Installation of Expansion Bolts The foot pedal shall be supported on three points if exceeding 2m. The foot pedal must be fixed securely to the ladder. Please do not work on the top of ladder. 6.4 Management and Machining of Refrigerant Piping 6.4.1 Material Quality Requirements for Refrigerant Copper Pipe a. Material quality requirement: Dephosphorized seamless drawn copper pipe for air conditioner use; b. Appearance: The inner and outer surfaces of the pipe shall have no pinhole, fissure, scaling, blistering, inclusion, copper powder, carbon deposits, patina, dirt or severe oxides. There shall be no such defects as obvious scratch, dent or spots. c. Test report: It is accompanied with quality certificate and quality test report. d. The tensile strength shall not be less than 240kgf/mm. 6.4.2 Storage for Refrigerant Copper Pipe a. After receiving the refrigerant pipe and other components, do not move them to the storage until confirming that they have no deformation, bend, crack or damage. b. The pipe end must be sealed to prevent the invasion of moisture or wastes. c. The copper pipe with coating may become deformed under the compression of the coating material, so that the coils shall be placed upright. d. To avoid the invasion of moisture or wastes, a support higher than the ground must be built by using woods. e. Care of pipe end during construction The pipe ends must be well cared during construction. According to the working position, work progress and surrounding environment, the most effective way is to seal the end and wrap with adhesive tape. Sealing method Clamp the pipe end and weld on it.
Clamp the pipe end to flat and weld on the clearance. Then, charge nitrogen 25kgf/cm2. This will be more effective. Method for wrapping with adhesive tape Seal the pipe end with ethylene tape. 6.4.3 Machining of Cooler Pipe 1Pipe cleaning Wash with silk cloth: Take a fine steel wire and wrap it with a piece of clean silk cloth. The silk cloth
153
INSTALLATION
shall be wrapped into roll, with the diameter slightly bigger than the diameter of copper pipe. Drip some trichloroethylene agent on the silk cloth. Then, pull the silk cloth in from one end of the copper pipe and pull it out from another end. For each pull-out, the cloth roll shall be washed by soaking it into trichloroethylene, thus to remove the dust and foreign articles on the silk cloth. Repeat cleaning until there is no dust or foreign article inside the pipe. - suitable to straight pipe. Purge: Use nitrogen to blow off the dust or foreign articles in the pipe; --- suitable to coil After cleaning, the ends of copper pipe shall be timely sealed with cap or adhesive tape. 2) Coil unwinding CAUTION: When unwinding the coil, take care not to drag it on the ground. The coil shall be slowly unwound on ground without any twisting. In case of excessive compression by any hard object during unwinding, the thermal insulation materials may be damaged and cannot be recovered, which will deteriorate the performance of thermal insulation. Do not unwind carelessly. Otherwise, the fitting pipe might be flattened. The copper pipe shall be rounded if the pipe end is deformed. 3) Measuring of pipe (To reduce the resistance and length of copper pipe), the dimension of main refrigerant pipe shall be so taken that the bends shall be minimized, the radius of bend section shall be increased and the upstream and downstream section shall be reduced. Use the method that can reduce the actual length and equivalent length of the copper pipe. Sometimes the connection pipe of indoor unit must be adjusted due to the relation with accessories, drainage pipe and connection surface. Therefore, a fairly marginal dimension shall be taken.
4) Cutting of copper pipe a) Cut vertically to axis direction by using special pipe cutter that is suitable to the dimension of copper pipe (big, medium, small). During operation, press and rotate the pipe cutter slowly and cut off the copper pipe without causing any deformation. b) Burrs may occur on the cutting face of copper pipe and must be removed. Meanwhile, purge the foreign articles out of the pipe and refinish the pipe end. Use scraper or other tools to remove the burrs on inner side. (To prevent copper scraps from falling into the pipe, please keep the pipe end downward during operation). If the pipe end is obviously deformed, please cut and throw it off, and then refinish the pipe end. Eliminate the copper scraps thoroughly, and use cotton yarn to wipe the pipe clean. The flared joint must be kept smooth. When removing the burrs with scraper, do not remove too much, especially for the fitting pipe of small diameter; otherwise the contact surface of the flared joint wil be reduced.
154
INSTALLATION
Do not cause any scores, and avoid cracking after the flared joint is formed. Adverse impact if the burrs are removed too much with scraper:
Remove too much
Contact surface reduced
Flare nut
c) Never use saw or grinding wheel, because the copper scraps may be left inside the pipe. Even use of such tools once will make all works scrapped. It is useless no matter how good the quality of other works. It is best that all operators shall have one pipe cutter and at least one pipe cutter of big dimension shall be provided on site. d) Allowable tolerance: The inclination of cut section shall not be higher than 1% of the copper pipe diameter. After the copper pipe is cut off, it shall be sealed with cap or adhesive tape if it is not to be put into immediate use. CAUTION: To prevent the invasion of water or waste, avoid placing the copper pipe directly on ground. 5) Machining of copper pipe 5.1 Pipe bending Work Methods: a) Bend by hand ..Suitable to fine copper pipe (6.35mm-12.7mm). b) Machining with spring pipe bender .. Bend by inserting the spring into copper pipe or sheathing onto the copper pipe (6.35mm-22.2mm). c) Machining with hand-operated pipe benderUse the pipe bender of suitable dimension (6.35mm-22.2mm). d) Machining with electric pipe bender (hydraulic)Suitable for mass machining of fine and coarse fitting pipes (6.35mm-69.9mm). Machining requirements a) The bending radius of the pipe shall be higher than 3.5D. The ratio of short radius after bending to the original diameter of the fitting pipe shall be higher than 2/3. b) During bending, there shall be no wrinkling or deformation on the inner side of the copper pipe. c) The weld of pipe shall not be placed on bend position. The distance of weld seam to the bend position of the pipe or fittings shall be less than 100mm. d) The bender inserted into the copper pipe must be cleaned. e) Do not bend over 90. (Otherwise, wrinkling may be formed on the inner side of copper pipe and in the future, the copper pipe will be broken from this position. )
155

Steel pipe
INSTALLATION
Jacketed bender Inner side wrinkled and deformed Bent, with fissure occurring on this side Section The copper pipe might be deformed even if it is not bent Correct section Bend section
Advantages of pipe bending method Decrease the weld joint, thus reduce the possiblity of leakage and oxidization. For example:
It can decrease the weld by 8 spots. Please act now to improve the quality. No joint is required, which will save the material costs. Reduced waste of fitting pipe materials. Reduced resistance in the fitting pipe. The bending radius higher than the pipe joint. 5.2 Flaring Another form of pipe connection is bell-mouth connection. Before bell-mouth connection, the pipe must be flared. During flaring, coat the flaring surface with the oil that meets the requirements of corresponding refrigerant system, so that the flared nut can pass smoothly with no twisting caused to the pipe. After flaring, the opening of copper pipe must be kept centric and have good seal. There shall be no such defects as burrs, fissure or wrinkling. Take care on the following points when carrying out flaring operation: a Keep the end face of copper pipe flat; b Remove the burrs and folded edge inside the pipe opening; c Before flaring, mount the flared nut firstly in the pipe; d The flared opening shall be centric to the mother pipe, and shall not be off center. e Put the copper pipe to the root of pipe expander. f There shall be no longitudinal fissure. 5.3 Pipe expanding The pipe expanding is a pipe machining method to provide welding point on the pipe. Take care on the following problems during pipe expanding: a) After cutting, the burrs and foreign articles inside must be eliminated. b) Apply an appropriate quantity of lubricating oil on the surface of the pipe to be expanded (The lubricating oil must meet the requirements of corresponding refrigerant system); c) The length shall comply with the insert depth of the pipe. d) Avoid straight-line trace at the expanding position, as this might cause leakage. During operation, the copper pipe shall be rectified by turning for an angle. e) Avoid using strong force, as this might cause fissure.
156
INSTALLATION
Welding
Installation of thermal insulation materials on copper sheath After the copper pipe is cut, it shall be timely sheathed with the required thermal insulation materials for completion of the advance thermal insulation work. Complete the final thermal insulation after the airtight test of the fitting pipe system. A. Requirements for thermal insulation materials The thermal insulation material of obturator foam shall be used. Fireproof level: B1. The thermal conductivity shall not be higher than 0.035w/ (mk) when the average temperature is 0. B. Thickness of thermal insulation layer Outer diameter of copper pipe (mm) 12.7 15.88
f)
Thickness of thermal insulation 15 20 layer (mm) The thermal insulation materials for outdoor pipes shall be such materials that can resist sunburn, weathering and will not generate craze. C. Thermal insulation methods C1. The thermal insulation work must be carried out by selecting the materials according to design requirements. C2. Insert the thermal insulation sheath properly before connection of the refrigerant pipe. It is not allowed to weld the bare copper pipe firstly and then cut the thermal insulation materials before wrapping them with straps. C3. The specification of thermal insulation sheath shall be compatible to that of refrigerant pipe. C4. To avoid scorching the thermal insulation sheath during welding, a clear distance approx. 200mm shall be maintained close to the welding spot of pipe. The weld spot shall be separately insulated after airtight test, so as to ensure the continuity of the thermal insulation pipe. C5. Breakage of thermal insulation layer is prohibited during construction. The weld seam of thermal insulation materials must be glued by using special adhesive and then wrapped with electrical tape. To ensure secure jointing, the width of adhesive tape shall not be less than 50mm. C6. To avoid condensing, the thermal insulation materials at the drainage outlet must be attached to the machine by using glue. C7. The connector between indoor unit and outdoor unit shall be wrapped with thermal insulation materials, and shall have no clearance to the wall surface, as shown below.
157
INSTALLATION
No clearance
C8. When wrapping the thermal insulation tape, each circle shall suppress half of the previous circle. During wrapping, just ensure that the strap is not loose. Never wrap the tape too tight; otherwise the thickness of thermal insulation materials will be decreased and thus the thermal insulation effect will be reduced.
158
INSTALLATION
6.5 Installation of Refrigerant Piping 1Precautions on piping works At the site of transport, storage and construction, the two ends of copper pipes shall be sealed with plastic sealing caps. Before welding, copper pipes must be cleaned (washing the inner side of pipe with alcohol) to ensure no dust and no water in pipeline. Nitrogen-filled welding shall be used for the welding of copper pipes. Nitrogen pressure shall be 0.050.3MPa. Nitrogen flow can be sensed by hand. When multiple multi-connected units are installed, refrigerant piping must be marked to avoid confusion between pipes of different units. A two-way drier shall be mounted at the liquid pipe side at the place where an outdoor unit is connected. 2) Work Order Refrigerant piping shall be installed in the order as follows: Fabrication and installation of supports, hangers and brackets --- piping according to drawings --- pipe cleaning --- pipe processing --- passing through insulation casing --- pipe connection --- fixing --- cleaning of the piping system --- air tightness test --- insulation work 3) Construction of embedded metal parts A. Construction of supports, hangers and brackets for pipes: reasonable types and secure fixing are required; surfaces must be clean without dirt; parts to be embedded into wall body or floor slab shall not be applied with paint and dope and shall be free from oil stain; and all parts must be installed properly in transverse or longitudinal direction without an inclination. B. Construction of fixing bolts for equipment: sufficient strength must be guaranteed to meet the requirements specified in equipment documents. The exposed portion of embedded parts shall be undertaken preservative treatment. For equipment foundations that are required to be of waterproof, water prevention treatment must be applied. C. Construction of steel sleeves: steel sleeves must be arranged for pipes that are to be passed through wall or floor. Welding steams on pipes shall not be located in sleeves. Steel sleeves shall be level with wall surface or the subface of floorslab but over 20mm above the subface. Diameter of steel sleeves must meet the requirements for thickness of insulation layer and gradient of condensate pipe. Clearance between pipe and sleeve shall be filled with flexible incombustible materials. Sleeves shall not be used as support points for piping. D.Work Order
Metal Embedding Diagram Plotting Installation of Metal Embedded Parts
If possible, ink lines shall be laid out on the floor and then projected to the roof using laser. Such method will be very quick and accurate. E. Installation of embedded metal parts Embedded metal parts shall be chosen in accordance with local regulations. F. Installation of expansion bolts At locations where embedded metal parts can not be used due to design modification, expansion bolts can be useful. G Installation of expansion bolts 3-point support is required for a foot board more than 2m. Binding is required between foot board and ladder. Do not work on the top of a ladder. 4) Forming and fixing of piping When refrigerant piping is to be installed, correct routing, rational branching and the shortest length shall be guaranteed. Quantity of brazed joints and bends shall be minimized. After installation, piping shall be aligned to ensure that other works such as insulation shall not exert an influence on position and elevation of pipes. When piping is completed, the pipes shall be free from such phenomena as flattening, distortion and folding. Refrigerant piping will repeatedly extend or shrink (5-10 times/hour) once air conditioning unit is started or stopped. Because extension and shrinkage can reach 13.84mm for every 10m piping in the condition of temperature differential of 80, to prevent piping failure, reinforcement as described in the following table shall be taken. Angle iron supports, brackets or round steel hangers shall be used for the fixing of piping. U-shape pipe straps or flat steel shall be used for fixing outside insulation layer. Insulation materials are not allowed to be compressed in principle in order to ensure their performance.
159
INSTALLATION
Types and fabrication of supports, hangers and brackets shall be in compliance with T616, HAVC Systems Design Handbook. The minimum spacing between supports, hangers and brackets for refrigerant piping is shown in the following table.
Outer diameter of copper pipe (mm) Spacing between horizontal pipes (mm) Spacing between standpipes (mm) 16 1000 1500 4019.05 1500 2000 40 2000 2500
Note: when gas pipe and liquid pipe are suspended together, the size of liquid pipe is depended. Supports, hangers or brackets shall be used for the fixing of pipes passing through wall or beam at the place 300mm away from the hole on the both sides. Piping must not contact directly fixed metal parts. Insulation treatment shall be taken around fixed metal parts to avoid dewing. 5) Connection of piping A. Flare connection Refrigerant piping and indoor unit are connected through flare (bell-mouth) connection, so the quality of flare connection must be paid particular attention to. The flaring depth of bell-mouth shall not be less than pipe diameter. Flaring shall face towards the flow direction of medium. Two torque wrenches are used together to tighten flaring connection. B. Socket braze welding: The gap between socket parts shall not be oversize or undersize. Proper size shall ensure socket parts subject to friction force do not fall down. The flaring of socket shall face towards the flow direction of medium. When piping is connected, brazed parts shall be protected according to lengths specified by the following table.
A:Outer diameter of pipe (Unitmm) 6.35 9.52,12.7 15.8 19.0522.225.4 28.6
B:Minimum depth of penetration (Unitmm) 6 7 8 10 12
D-A:Clearance between pipes (Unitmm) 0.050.21
0.050.27 0.050.35
C. Coupling braze welding Coupling brazed welding is actually another type of socket braze welding, a welding method that a sleeve or a bigger pipe is employed. The insert depth shall not be less than the depth required by socket braze welding. D. Welding protection Nitrogen shall be put through before piping is welded. Nitrogen protection shall be available during the entire welding as well as in the first 30s after welding is completed. Nitrogen cylinder must be connected with a regulating valve.
160
INSTALLATION
The flow of nitrogen shall be controlled over 4~6L/min (pressure 0.02~0.05Mpa). During installation, the flow of nitrogen shall be adjusted via the regulating valve in terms of different diameter of copper pipes. 6). Main points on installation of branch piping The main function of branch piping is the distribution of refrigerant. Particular attention must be paid to the following points. A. Branch piping shall be installed possibly near to indoor unit to reduce an impact of the branch piping of indoor unit on refrigerant distribution. When the length (the distance from indoor unit to the nearest branch pipe portion) of piping of indoor unit is longer than 10m, a bigger pipe shall be used for the liquid side of indoor unit. B. Branch piping shall be matched with equipment. Products not specified by manufacturer shall not be in use. C. Before branch piping is installed, a check for model is necessary to avoid misuse. D. The following two methods are applicable to the layout of branch piping. D1. Horizontal installation: three ports shall be on the same plane. Typing dimension and assembling angle of branch piping shall not be changed; D2. Vertical installation: either upwards or downwards, three ports shall be on the same vertical face and no inclination is allowed;
A
15
B
15
A-A Schematics A
B-B Schematics B
D3. The length of straight pipe portion between adjacent branch pipes shall not be less than 800mm D4. The straight pipe portion in front of the port of the main pipe of branch piping shall not be less than 800mm D5. The straight pipe portion from the branch pipe of branch piping to indoor unit shall not be less than 800mm
E. Fixing of branch piping No matter installed horizontally or vertically, Y type branch pipe shall have three fixing points in the front and at the rear. Fixing point 1 --- at the place where the back branch point side of the main entered pipe is 100mm from welding point; Fixing point 2 --- at the place where the back branch point side of the main branch pipe is 200mm from welding point; Fixing point 3 --- at the place where the back branch point side of the branch pipe is 250mm from
161
INSTALLATION
welding point;
1 Fixing point 1 hanger rod 100 2 Fixing point 2 hanger rod
Welding point 1 1
Branch pipe
Welding point 2 2
200
3 Welding point 3 3 Fixing point 3 hanger rod
After separated, branches of branch piping shall run in parallel and shall not be wrapped overlapping. F. High pressure gas pipe, low pressure gas pipe and liquid pipe shall have the same pipe length and the same laying route G. Y type branch pipes are arranged with an additional pipe for adjustment to different pipe diameter. If pipes selected on the site are not matched with the joint dimension of branch piping, the method is useful that the unmatched pipe is cut at the middle using a pipe cutter with burrs removed and then the copper pipe is inserted to reach a proper depth. Branch pipes purchased from GREE have a positioning dent.
Cut from the middle
Branch pipe
Installation of piping
The copper pipe is cut from the middle as required
The connection method that copper pipe is in couple with a smaller branch pipe shall not be used.
Branch pipe
False installation method Branch pipe
Correct installation method
162
INSTALLATION
Copper pipe shall not be inserted too much for connection with branch pipe.:
Copper Pipe Branch pipe
Correct installation method False installation method
H. Because of the complicated structure of branch piping, insulation works must be performed carefully and strictly to ensure rigorous insulation performance. 7). Cleaning of piping 7). Cleaning of piping When refrigerant piping is installed, please take note that mode switcher part shall not be connected with outdoor unit side as well as the bell-mouth of indoor unit until the following cleaning procedures are completed. At first, the pressure regulating valve of nitrogen cylinder shall be connected to the liquid pipe of outdoor piping system and nitrogen pressure is regulated at about 5kgf/cm; then nitrogen is continuously charged in the pipeline for 1 minute to let dirt and water give off; the process shall be repeated three times; and after the cleaning of liquid pipe side is completed, gas pipe shall be cleaned in the same way as described above. After completion of construction of refrigerant piping, air tightness test and vacuum test shall be carried out for the whole refrigerant piping system. Adequate safe spacing shall be maintained between different pipes. Pipes of different kind shall be fixed independently and shall not use the same pipe commonly. 6.6 Welding of Copper Pipe 1Braze welding Materials for braze welding There are two kinds of braze welding, soft braze welding and hard braze welding. Hard braze welding is required in this case. Selection of braze welding Red copper + red copperbrazing filler metal is Bcu93PGB 6418 and welding flux is not needed. Flame flux: capable of preventing the surface of copper pipes from oxidation, recommended for use. Temperature for braze welding820-860 (copper pipe becomes light red) 2Safety acknowledgement before operation a. Roll calling of construction personnel and confirmation on their health status. b. Acknowledgement on work suitshelmets, clothes, safety bags and safety shoes c. Description of work location and environment d. Job division shall be made. Job content, method and order shall be indicated. Risk prediction activities shall be performed. e. Construction Schedule shall be worked out. f. Head of each group shall be assigned. g. Risks of occurrence of an accident such as electric shock or fire shall be indicated. h. Instructions on how to use electric machinery properly shall be available. i. Locations marked with Staff Only shall be indicated. j. An application is necessary for use of open flame and shall be reviewed by on-site safety officer for approval. k. Instructions given by fire authorities shall be accepted in accordance with local laws and regulations. l. Tools shall be sorted and counted. Upon knocking off for the day, tools shall be sorted and counted. If necessary, the piping system shall be charged with coolant to avoid exhaustion. 3Attention a. Construction personnel must have relevant operation qualification.
163
INSTALLATION
Flame operation must be undertaken by qualified persons in accordance with local laws and regulations. b. Wear coveralls (cotton for the best), safety shoes, safety helmet, leather gloves, protective goggles and anti-dust mask. Welding torch with back fire arrestor shall be used to ensure safety. c. Take care not to be burned by flame and heating parts. d. Gas cylinder shall be handled carefully to prevent leakage. e. Combustible substances in the surrounding areas shall be moved away. If movement is impossible, fire proofing treatment shall be taken properly, such as being covered by flame-proof enclosure. f. Good ventilation is necessary to avoid breathe in of harmful gas. g. Appropriate measures shall be taken if there is a safety problem. h. Operation on connectors of branch pipes as well as on the surrounding of pipe ends shall be performed on the ground as possible, because heating is difficult to control at a high place and welded part of a branch pipe is prone to be melted to cause leakage. For example:
Weld the pipe approx. 1m before and behind the reflared position, and wrap with thernal insulation materials. Then, weld on higher position.
Approx. 1m
Approx. 1m
i. To avoid the position difficult to weld, you may add a prefabricated assembly below.
Drainage pipe
Difficult to weld at this position
4Operation order Basic procedures for welding:
164

Assemble copper pipes
INSTALLATION
Cleaning
Check whether clearance is proper. Fill nitrogen (nitrogen pressure 0.05 0.05-0.3Mpa) 0.3MPa
welding flux Add welding Welding flux flux
Acknowledge
Cooling, continue 10s to fill nitrogen for over 10s Shut off nitrogen
a. Cleaning of portions for braze welding PolishingRemoving metal materials at connection portion. (Removing oxidation film using non-woven fabric, abrasive cloth or abrasive paper) UngreaseIf any oil stain is existent, acetone or spirit solvent shall be used for ungrease treatment. At the same time, compressed air at 0.8MPa (gauge pressure) shall be used for cleaning. The cleaning shall be repeated not less than 3 times, until there is no dirt discharged. b. Check whether clearance between pipe and connector is proper. Put the connector into the pipe and face downward. If the connector does not fall down depending on friction force, the clearance is considered proper. c. Nitrogen-filled protection Since vigorous oxidation would occur on the surface of copper pipe at braze welding temperature, to effectively restrain the generation of oxide coating in copper pipe, nitrogen-filled protection for copper pipe is necessary. After copper pipes are assembled, nitrogen shall be filled in copper pipe connectors. Method for charging nitrogen into copper pipe Nitrogen charging method Pressure is 0.05~0.3MPa. Nitrogen flow of 4~6L/min (gas flow can be sensed by hand) shall be guaranteed to charge in work pieces. After assembling, nitrogen begins to charge until welding is finished and will continue over 10s during cooling after welding. Main points of nitrogen chargeSee the drawing below When nitrogen is charged, the press switch on the quick connector and inflator shall be closed to let nitrogen totally filled in the pipe. Make sure nitrogen reaches all welding connectors in order to effectively discharge air. An air outlet must be available when nitrogen charge is continuously performed, or otherwise gas would escape from gap around connector, making welding stuffing difficult and prone to pores.
165

Places requiring protection during welding Copper pipe
Vent port
INSTALLATION
Nitrogen charge pipe
Copper pipe
(N2) Nitrogen
d. Welding heating Notes: Braze welding is flame hard braze welding. Relevant safety operating regulations must be abided by. Confirm that nitrogen is flowing through before copper pipe is heated. Neutral flame or slightly reducing flame shall be used for red copper braze welding. Outer flame is normally used. Copper pipe connectors shall be heated uniformly. Take care to distribute heat in terms of dimension of pipe material. Generally, insert pipe shall be preheated at first for close matching and then swayed along length of connector to make it heated uniformly until braze welding temperature is approached; then copper pipe is heated circularly to reach braze welding temperature (copper pipe becomes light red) and at the same time brazing filler metal is added circularly to fill in the clearance around the connector uniformly; and afterwards, the welding torch is slowly moved away from the pipe and a small amount of brazing filler metal continues to be filled in until smooth fillet is formed. During heating, welding rod shall not be burned directly by flame. Heating time shall not be very long. During welding, flame shall be controlled well on its direction and kept away from rubber casing, sponge and cables. e. Post-welding treatmentcooling After welding, in the condition of nitrogen protection available, the connector shall be heated until the copper pipe changes color (200-300), i.e. annealing treatment. Before welding seam becomes completely solidified, welded pieces shall not be moved or shocked. For welded piece cooled by water, take care not to let water enter into copper pipe and try to prevent residue water flowing into the pipe when welded piece is laid aside. f. Quality and inspection of braze welding Welding seam should have smooth surface. Fiilet should be even and full with natural arc transition. Braze welding connector should be free from defects such as over-burning, welding blockage, crack, rough surface of welding seam and burning through. Welding seam should be free from defects such as pore, slag inclusion, underfill, rosin joint and overlap.
Weld spot
5Others When braze welding is to be performed underneath, a simple support shall be built, such as two ladders.
166
INSTALLATION
Braze welding shall be easy to operate downward or in transverse direction. In upward operation, brazing filler metal is prone to fall so that high skills are required.
Brazing filter metal Brazing filter metal Welding torch Welding torch
transverse
Brazing filter metal Welding torch
downwards
Upwards
Cooling To avoid getting a burn in following processes, common wet cloth (humidity content is low, meaning that there shall not be water drips when welded part is cooled; and because shrinkage factor of copper is different from that of welding material, too quick cooling that would cause cracking of braze welding shall be avoided) can be used for cooling welded parts. The following items shall be checked after welding is completed A. Is there any pore or hole on welded part? B. Is there evident sagging of brazing filler metal?
167
INSTALLATION
6.7 Cleaning of Refrigerant Piping After a section of pipeline is welded, cleaning of piping is necessary. Nitrogen pressure is utilized to remove foreign matters (such as dust, water and beryllium oxide caused by welding) in the piping. 1Main purposes of cleaning are as follows To eliminate oxide caused by insufficiency of nitrogen-filled protection during pipe welding. To remove foreign substances and water that may enter the piping due to improper storage and transport. To check whether big leakage is existent at connections of the piping between indoor unit and outdoor unit 2Cleaning steps a. Mount a pressure gauge on nitrogen cylinder;
Nitrogen bottle
Indoor unit A outdoor unit B

Liquid pipe Air pipe The opening of the pipe not to be purged shall be blocked with blind plug.
Outdoor side
b. High pressure end of the pressure gauge is connected to the refrigerant filling nozzle of the small pipe (liquid pipe) c. All copper pipe ports outside the A side of indoor unit shall be blocked by blanking plugs.
Copper pipe Blanking plug Block with insulation materials
Copper pipe ports not to be cleaned shall be blocked by blanking plugs
Quick release
Cleaning process
d. The valve on nitrogen cylinder shall be opened to maintain pressure at 28Kgf/ cm2 e. Check whether nitrogen flows through the liquid pipe of indoor unit A f. Cleaning The mouth of the pipe shall be blocked with insulation material held by hand until pressure rises to a level difficult to be withstood, and at the moment the insulation material shall be released quickly. And then the mouth shall be blocked again. Repeat such procedures several times. Afterwards, use a wood board posted with white paper to check it. If there is not evident dirt on the white paper, the pipe will be considered clean. g. Shut off the main valve of nitrogen h. Repeat the above procedures on indoor unit B i. After cleaning of liquid pipe, gas pipe shall be cleaned in the same way. 6.8 Pressure Maintaining and Leak Hunting 1) Importance of air tightness test Tightness of multi-connected unit mainly refers to tightness of the refrigerant piping of air conditioner, which plays an important role in safe and reliable operation of the air conditioner. Refrigerant leakage would severely affect functions of air conditioner and even damage compressor and cause systemic breakdown, so strict tightness test is necessary for the system. If leakage is found after system installation and ceiling decoration indoors are totally finished, leakage points would be very troublesome and difficult to locate. Therefore, tightness test for the
168
INSTALLATION
system must be carried out before the completion of ceiling decoration. 2Pressure maintaining of refrigerant piping After refrigerant piping of a system is welded, a refrigerant filling nozzle shall be welded respectively on the big pipe and on the small pipe on the outdoor unit side. Pipes connected to the end of indoor unit and outdoor unit shall be clamped to be flat and welded to be sealed. Steps of pressure maintaining and leak hunting of refrigerant piping are as follows:
Complete the installation of piping Check pressure drop Finish
Pressurization
Locate and repair leakage
Pressurization Tightness test of refrigerant piping does not allow for connection with the piping of outdoor unit. The test pressure of R410A system is 4.15MPa (3.0MP for R22 refrigerant system). Nitrogen shall be used as medium for tightness test. Nitrogen must be dry. Pressure shall be increased slowly in three steps as follows: Step 1: pressure is slowly increased to 0.5MPa and remains for 5 minutes; meanwhile, leak hunting shall be performed to check whether big leakage is existent. Step 2: pressure is slowly increased to 1.5MPa and remains for 5 minutes; meanwhile, leak hunting shall be performed to check whether small leakage is existent. Step 3: R410A system shall be pressurized slowly to 4.15MPa (3.0MPa for R22 refrigerant system) and remains for 5 minutes; meanwhile, strength test shall be performed to check whether wispy infiltration or sand holes is existent. When pressure is increased to the test value, the system shall maintain the pressure for 24 hours. Afterwards, observe whether the pressure goes down. If not, the test is passed. 1.3 Attentions: a. Measurement range of pressure gauge for R410A system shall be over 4.5MPa (over 3.5MPa for R22 refrigerant system b. Readings, ambient temperature and test duration shall be recorded simultaneously c. Pressure correction: pressure shall correspondently change by 0.01MPa for temperature change of 1 d. For an eligible system, the pressure shall remain unchanged e. If pressure maintaining is required to continue for a long time, the pressure shall be reduced to 0.5MPa or below. A long period of high pressure would cause leakage of welding parts and presence of potential safety hazard. f. Before tightness test of refrigerant piping is finished, all welding parts and the connection at the bell-mouth of indoor unit are not allowed to be insulated and wrapped. Pressure shall be increased simultaneously at the low pressure gas pipe and the liquid pipe on the outdoor unit side. Pressurization at single side pipe is prohibited.
169
INSTALLATION
Oil trap
Pressurization is simultaneously carried out at low pressure gas pipe and at liquid pipe
1.4 Notebefore tightness test is completed, all welding seams shall not be insulated and wrapped. During pressure maintaining after nitrogen is filled, the pressure gauge shall not be dismantled, because activities of dismantling or mounting pressure gauge would affect pressure change. Check pressure drop Criteria for Inspection eligibility: Except for temperature influences (pressure changes about 0.01MPa for temperature change of 1), if pressure drop is not more than 0.02MPa within 24h, the system will be eligible. For example, nitrogen is filled to reach 2.5MPa at 30; after 24 hours, when temperature becomes 25, the system will be eligible if pressure is over 2.43 MPa and ineligible below 2.43 MPa. If ineligible, leak sources must be located. After leak sources are found, re-welding or repair welding is necessary. Then, the above procedures shall be repeated. Nitrogen is filled, pressurized and maintained until pressure drop remains within required range. Leak check [Check 1] When pressure drop is found, leak hunting shall be performed in the ways as follows: a. By ears.to listen voices related to leakage b. By handsto sense whether leakage is existent at connecting parts [Check 2] If no leakage is found using the above methods, nitrogen shall be discharged and refrigerant shall be filled in to reach 0.5MPa. a. By soap and watersoap bubbles will show leakage positions if any. b. Detector (such as halide detector) can be used for leak hunting. Using the above methods, check all possible leak sources. If leakage still fails to be located, sectional check shall be taken for refrigerant piping that would be divided into multiple check portions for locating leak source in a certain section. 3Pressure maintaining and leak hunting of the systemwith refrigerant piping in connection with indoor unit and outdoor unit When refrigerant piping is to be installed, pressure maintaining and leak hunting is required for the piping. After refrigerant piping is in connection with indoor unit and outdoor unit, pressure maintaining and leak hunting is also required. The purpose of the test is to check whether any leak is existent at threaded connection of indoor unit and outdoor unit and at new welded points.
170
INSTALLATION
Steps: Nitrogen is charged to reach 2.5MPa and remains at the pressure for 24h (nitrogen shall be filled from refrigerant filling nozzles at the big valve as well as the small valve using a pressure gauge; during pressure maintaining after nitrogen is charged, the pressure gauge shall not be dismantled.) Observe whether pressure changes in 24 hours. (for eligibility criteria, see pressure maintaining and leak hunting of refrigerant piping in 5.5.2) If any leakage, please check threaded connections and new welded spots of indoor unit and outdoor unit. Repair welding shall be performed immediately. Afterwards, pressure maintaining is repeated until eligibility is reached. Note: after tightness test of the system is finished, insulation works for the piping shall be performed timely. 6.9 Vacuum Pumping 1 Purposes of vacuum pumping Discharge air and nitrogen in the piping to obtain vacuum state. Vacuum is dry, capable to remove moisture in the system. Under atmospheric pressure, the boiling point of water is 100. But with increased vacuum degree created by vacuum pump, the boiling point rapidly reduces. If boiling point reduces below ambient temperature, moisture in piping will be evaporated. If vacuum is 0Kgf/cm2of absolute pressure (gauge pressure is -1Kgf/cm2), moisture in the system can be evaporated totally. 2Selection of vacuum pump Proper vacuum pumps must be selected before vacuum pumping. Insufficient capacity of selected vacuum pump would lead to overtime of vacuum pumping and fall short of the requirement for vacuum degree. A proper vacuum pump can obtain vacuum degree of 0Kgf/cm2 (gauge pressure -1 Kgf/cm2) after vacuum pumping. Different refrigerant systems shall not use the same pump for vacuum pumping. Features of a vacuum pump shall be determined by two factors as follows: Selection of a pump that can meet expected requirement (i.e. gauge pressure of -0.1MPa shall be obtained) Air displacement of a vacuum pump shall be more than 4L/S. Accuracy of a vacuum pump shall reach over 0.02mmHg. The following vacuum pumps are recommended:
Model Lubricant shaft pump Non-lubricant shaft pump Maximum vacuum air displacement 100L/min 50L/min Use Air discharge Suitable Suitable Standard air pressure 0 1.033 0 Vacuum drying Suitable Suitable
Comparison table of different pressure units is as follows:

Unit Relative pressure Absolute pressure mm Hg Kgf/cm Kgf/cm2 mmHg
2
Vacuum degree -1.033 0 -755
3Vacuum pumping The steps are as follows: a. After leak hunting test is passed, nitrogen shall be discharged. Before vacuum pumping, make sure that stop valves on the liquid pipe and the gas pipe are closed. Pressure gauge connectors shall be connected to the refrigerant filling nozzles on stop valves on the low pressure gas pipe and the liquid pipe of outdoor unit. Vacuum pumping shall be performed simultaneously.
171

Pressure gauge connector valve
INSTALLATION
Connector on gas side
Vacuum pump Connector on liquid side
Start the vacuum pump and turn on LO and HI knobs b. Vacuum pumping shall continue for 4h. Check whether vacuum degree reaches -0.1MPa or above. If not, there may be leakage. Leak hunting shall be performed again. If no leakage is found, another 2h vacuum pumping shall be carried out. c. If two times of vacuum pumping still fail to maintain vacuum degree, in the condition of no leakage confirmed, it is determined that moisture is present in the piping. In such case, the method of vacuum breaking can be used for discharging the moisture. The steps are as follows: nitrogen is filled in the piping until 0.05MPa is reached; and then vacuum pumping goes on for 2h and vacuum maintains for 1h. If vacuum degree fails to reach -0.1MPa, repeat the steps until moisture is discharged completely. d. After vacuum pumping is finished, the regulating valve shall be closed to stop vacuum pumping. The vacuum shall be remained for 1h. Confirm that pressure indicated by the regulating valve does not rise. Changes mean leakage. If changes are present, leak hunting shall be performed and repair-welding shall be taken. e. When the procedures for vacuum pumping are finished, refrigerant shall be charged. 6.10 Refrigerant Charge 1Calculation method for refrigerant charging Refrigerant shall be charged according to calculated amount specified in engineering drawings. Method for calculation of added refrigerant volume (based on liquid pipe) Mass of refrigerant to be charged = length of liquid pipe refrigerant charge amount of every meter of liquid pipe.
Mediu m R410a Amount of refrigerant charge for every meter of liquid pipekg/m 25.4 0.40 22.2 0.35 19.05 0.25 15.9 0.17 12.7 0.11 9.52 0.054 6.35 0.022
Notes: a. Standard pipe length is 15m. If refrigerant piping (L) is shorter than or equal to 15m, no additional refrigerant is needed. If piping is longer than 15m (based on liquid pipe), more refrigerant shall be added. The above table shows how much refrigerant shall be charged for every one additional meter of piping. b. Electronic balance shall be used for refrigerant charge. c. Thickness of pipe wall shall be 0.81.5mm and pressure-bearing capability shall be 4.5MPa. d. The longer the piping, the more refrigerating capacity and heating capacity shall be weakened. 2) Steps of refrigerant charge are as follows a. The connecting hose of refrigerant cylinder shall be connected to the connector of the pressure gauge. The valve VH shall be opened to discharge air in the hose. Then, the high pressure end of the pressure gauge shall be connected to the refrigerant filling nozzle on the small valve of outdoor unit.
172

Pressure gauge connector valve
INSTALLATION
Gas liquid Refrigerant cylinder
Connector on gas side
Connector on liquid side Spring balance
b. Open pressure gauge valve VH, then fill liquid state refrigerant into the liquid pipe side until required amount is reached. If refrigerant can not be charged in system unless the unit is turned on, let the system run at full-load cooling mode. Open VH and discharge air in the hose. The high pressure end of pressure gauge is connected to the refrigerant filling nozzle on the small valve of outdoor unit. Open VL and charge gas state refrigerant into the gas pipe until required charging amount is reached. c. Observe electronic balance or spring balance. When required amount is reached, the valve shall be closed very quickly and then source valve on the refrigerant valve shall be shut off. d. The amount of charging refrigerant shall be recorded. Refrigerant charge shall be recorded as per the following table.
Unit Mark Unit 1 Unit 2 Unit n Amount of charging refrigerantKg
e. Notes: e1. Specification and length of liquid piping of the system must be calculated accurately to make sure charging amount can be calculated accurately; e2. Measurement of charging refrigerant must be accurate e3 During charging, R410A refrigerant cylinder must be placed upside down to ensure liquid state charging; e4. If ambient temperature is low, refrigerant cylinder shall be warmed externally by hot water or hot air. But flame must not be used to directly heat the cylinder, or otherwise explosion may occur to endanger the safety of personnel and property.
173
INSTALLATION
7 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE ASSY

7.1 Direction Requirements To ensure normal operation of the unit, please connect the electronic expansion valve sub-assembly as shown below. Ensure that the vertical arrow labeled on electronic expansion valve sub-assembly is pointed upward.
To Indoor Unit
To Outdoor Unit Verticall y To Indoor Unit
Vertically upward To Outdoor Unit
Arrow Upward
X Arrow Downward
1 Firstly, fix the electronic expansion valve sub-assembly properly. Several operating methods are available:
Fix with screws
To Outdoor To Indoor Unit Vertically Unit upward
To Indoor Unit
Vertically upward
To Outdoor Unit
Suspend by using screw rod
Use screws to fix onto wall

Overhung
To Outdoor To Indoor Unit Unit Vertically upward
Directly place on ceiling plane Caution: Never place overhung in air. The indoor unit shall be firstly connected to a section of pipe (connected by nut). Then, connect the pipe to the electronic expansion valve sub-assembly (by welding).
Welding
Welding
Pipe length: L1m, but 1.5m
174
INSTALLATION
WARNING: The length of connection pipe must be 1mL1. 5m. The electronic expansion valve sub-assembly must be connected to the indoor and outdoor unit in a direction as marked. If connected in reverse direction, severe error will be caused to the unit. 2 Pipe connection: Tighten the nuts with your hands correctly. Then, use another spanner to hold the pipe joint on machine side and use torque wrench to tighten securely.
Hold the spanner Pipe on indoor unit side
Rotate the spanner
3 Cable connection of electronic expansion valve sub-assembly To avoid loosening and sagging down, please use strap (small) to fix the cable of electronic expansion valve sub-assembly onto the pipe or other objects. When connecting the cable of electronic expansion valve sub-assembly, please take care to prevent the cable from contact with the hot or humid objects.
Connect the mainboard Fix with strap of indoor unit
To Indoor To Outdoor Unit Unit Vertically upward
4 Final treatment: The section where the pipe is connected must be wrapped for thermal insulation.
WARNING!
Please ensure the pipe is fully covered by sponge and not exposed in air. Condensing water will be generated on the pipe if the thermal insulation is poor.
Thermal insulation sponge
Indoor unit
8 INSTALLATION OF CONDENSATE PIPE

8.1 Material quality requirements for condensate pipe Generally, the condensate pipe shall be water supply U-PVC pipe, adhered by using special glue. The other materials available include: PP-R pipe, PP-C pipe and hot-dipped galvanized steel pipe. It is not allowed to use aluminum plastic composite pipe. 8.2 Key points for condensate pipe installation 1) Work Order
175

Installation of indoor unit Sheathing of thermal insulation pipe on condensate pipe Connection of drainage pipe Water test
INSTALLATION
Thermal insulation of drainage pipe
2) Determine the direction and elevation of condensate pipe before installation. To ensure the gradient smooth and straight, avoid intersecting with other pipelines. The height of the clamp fixing the pipe hanger frame shall be adjustable and fixed from the outer of thermal insulation. 3) Distance between hanger frames:
Outer diameter of water pipe (mm) Spacing between horizontal pipes (mm) Spacing between standpipes (mm) 25 800 1500 3225 1000 32 1500 2000
Each standpipe shall have two hanger frames at least. 4) The gradient of condensate pipe shall be over 1% and the gradient of main pipe shall not be less than 0.3%, while there shall be no overhanging slope.
5)
When connecting the 3-way section of condensate pipe, the 2-way straight section on 3-way pipe shall be on the same gradient. The two ends of 2-way section shall not have different gradient. See the schematics below:
Wrong connection
Correct connection
6) Confluence toward the horizontal pipe shall be best from the upper. Back flow is easy to occur if from the lengthwise direction.
Indoor Unit Mounting of horizontal pipe
Main pipe
Main pipe
Main pipe
7) Do not tie the condensate pipe and refrigerant pipe together. 8) To ensure smooth drainage of condensate, an outlet shall be set at the highest point of drainage pipe. 9) Carry out water flow test and full water test after the pipe connection is completed. On one hand, check if the drainage is smooth; on another hand, check the piping system for any
176
INSTALLATION
leakage. 10) Steel sheath shall be provided to the pipe crossing the wall or slab. The pipe joint shall not be positioned within the sheath. The steel sheath shall be flush with the wall surface or slab base, but 20mm higher than the slab base. The sheath shall not affect the pipe gradient. The clearance between pipe and sheath shall be blocked by using flexible inflammable materials. The sheath shall not be used as the supporting point of the pipe. 11) The joint of thermal insulation materials must be adhered by using special glue and then wrapped with plastic tape having a width not less than 5cm to avoid condensing. 12). Ensure a gradient over 1% when connecting the drainage pipe to the indoor unit.
Gradient over 1/100
13) When connecting the drainage pipe to the indoor unit, please fix with the included pipe clamp and do not use glue water, thus to ensure easy repair. 14) Installation requirements for auxiliary drainage pipe Pipe clamp Drainage PVC pipe
Unit drainage pipe
Drainage hose
177
INSTALLATION
The auxiliary drainage pipe must be thermally insulated:

Thermal insulation of condensate pipe
Pipe cover
15) The long drainage pipe may be fixed by using hanger bolts, thus to ensure a gradient of 1/100 (PVC cannot be bent). The spacing between the supports of horizontal pipe is 0.8-1.0m. Twisting will be caused and thus air bag will be formed if the spacing is too high. Once the air bag is formed, the pump can only compress the air bag no matter how forcible it pushes, but there is no flowing water, thus resulting in abnormal water level. This will cause flooding of the ceiling.
16) If the air flow of indoor unit is high, this might cause negative pressure and result in return suction of outdoor air. Therefore, U-type water trap shall be designed on the drainage side of each indoor unit. Indoor unit.
Install water trap as shown below; Install one water trap for each unit. Installation of water trap shall consider easy cleaning in the future. Joint Indoor unit. Indoor unit.
Joint
17) Connection of drainage branch pipe to the standpipe or horizontal pipe of drainage main
178
INSTALLATION
pipe The horizontal pipe cannot be connected to the vertical pipe at a same height. It can be connected in a manner as shown below: N01: 3-way connection of drainage pipe joint
3-way connection of drainage pipe joint NO2: Connection of drain elbow
Connection of drain elbow NO3: Connection of horizontal pipe
Connection of horizontal pipe Drainage pipe is requisite for air conditioner unit. During cooling, the moisture in the air will condense on the surface of evaporator. Such condensing water must be drained out of the unit. Meanwhile, the drainage pipe has an important role to determine if the air conditioner can plays its full functions. 18) All the condensate pipes must be installed at a distance over 500mm from the electric box of the unit. 8.3 Installation of drainage pipe for different types of indoor unit 1) Duct-type Indoor Unit (Including General Static Pressure and Low Static Pressure) a. Installation of drainage pipe The diameter of drainage pipe shall be equal to or higher than the diameter of connection pipe. (PVC pipe: Dimension: Outer diameter 25mm, 32mm) The drainage pipe shall be short and has a down gradient of 1/100 at least, thus to avoid air bag. To ensure that the drainage hose will not be bent and has enough gradient, a distance of 1 ~ 1.5m shall be kept between the hanger frames.
179
INSTALLATION
Gradient over 1/100
Use drainage pipe and clamp. Insert the drainage hose to the root. From the middle of white tape, tighten the clamp until the tightening distance to the screw head is shorter than 4mm. A. For thermal isolation, use sealing tape to wrap the drainage pipe and clamp. B. The indoor drainage hose shall be thermally insulated.
Big sponge (accessory)
Clamp
Clamp (accessory)
Sponge (grey)
Drainage hose
Below 4mm
C. To prevent foreign articles from entering the pipe, please minimize the bend of pipeline, thus to ensure cleanliness of the drainage elbow. D. The drainage pipe must be wrapped with thermal insulation tube, thus to avoid condensing on the outer surface of drainage pipe. See below for the thickness of thermal insulation tube.
Pipe cover
Drainage Pipe (mm)( Outer Dia) 17 27 34.9
Thickness of Thermal Insulation Materials (mm) 15 20 20
Notes: E. The inclination of drainage hose shall be within 75mm, so that the drainage insert will not bear excessive force. F. To connect the drainage pipes for multiple machines, please use the method of multi-pipe collection, as shown below.
180
INSTALLATION
T-joint collecting drainage pipe
Over 100mm
Fig. The specification of collecting drainage pipe shall be suitable to the working capacity of the unit We may collect the drainage pipes of all the indoor units in one system (An outdoor unit and all the indoor units connected to this outdoor unit are called one system), or collect the drainage pipes of all the indoor units in several systems. Notes: The ceiling height must be considered, and a specific gradient shall be ensured along the water flow direction. 2) Cassette Type (Four-sided Outlet) a. Installation of drainage pipe The drainage pipe shall be installed to ensure smooth flow of water. The diameter of drainage pipe shall be equal to or higher than the diameter of connection pipe (PVC pipe) (exclusive of the rise section). The drainage pipe shall be short and has a down gradient of 1/100 at least, thus to avoid air bag If the inclination of the drainage hose is insufficient, drainage rise pipe shall be mounted. The installing height of drainage rise pipe shall be less than 280mm. The drainage rise pipe shall be in right angle to the unit and the distance to the unit shall not exceed 300mm.
Roof Within 300mm Drainage hose (accessory) Drainage rise pipe Hanger seat Below 280mm Below 500mm Below 75mm Below 500mm
Ceiling
Clamp (accessory)
The inclination of included drainage hose shall be within 75mm, so that the drainage insert will not bear excessive force.
Drainage hose (accessory)
To prevent the drainage hose from dropping downward, hanger rods shall be erected every 1.0~1.5m.
181
INSTALLATION
Hanger rod
Gradient over 1/100
Correct
Incorrect
Use the included drainage hose and clamp. Insert the drainage hose to the drainage tighten the clamp. For thermal insulation, wrap the big sponge to the drainage hose clamp. The indoor drainage hose shall be thermally insulated.
Big sponge (accessory)
and
Clamp
Clamp (accessory)
Sponge (grey)
Drainage hose
Below 4mm
To connect the drainage pipes for multiple machines, please use the method of multi-pipe collection, as shown below.
Over 100mm Introduce water here for water test T-joint collecting drainage pipe
Fig. The specification of collecting drainage pipe shall be suitable to the working capacity of the unit We may collect the drainage pipes of all the indoor units in one system (An outdoor unit and all the indoor units connected to this outdoor unit are called one system), or collect the drainage pipes of all the indoor units in several systems. The ceiling height must be considered, and a specific gradient shall be ensured along the water flow direction. The cassette-type indoor unit is provided with water pump, and the maximum lift of its drainage pipe is 280mm. During installation, please take care that: The diameter of drainage pipe connected to the indoor unit must meet the specifications. The pipe diameter shall not be too small; otherwise the water may overflow. The main drainage pipe depends on the number of indoor units. Generally, it is required to be equal to or higher than 35mm. The drainage pipe shall be thermally insulated. The thickness of thermal insulation pipe must meet the requirements. The clearance between thermal insulation pipes shall be sealed with adhesive sticker. Please discharge the water to the ground drain, water closet or any other place easy to drain the water out. b) After installation, check if the drainage is smooth. 3) Wall-mounted Type Assemble the drainage pipe as shown below and take measures to prevent condensing. Improper assembly of the drainage pipe may cause leakage, or even expose the furniture to moisture. a) Assembly of drainage pipe To avoid air in water elbow, the drainage hose shall be kept as short as possible and inclined
182
INSTALLATION
downward, as shown below. During connection, please use PVC pipe of equal size higher than this size (Nominal Dia,: 20mm; Outer Dia.: 26mm) The drainage pipe must be arranged in down inclination along water flow direction, thus to avoid air bubble blocking. Take care not to arrange the pipe in twisting, protrusion or waveform. Do not put the outlet of drainage pipe into water.
Protrusion
Twisting Do not immerse in water.
The extended section of drainage hose shall be wrapped with thermal insulation sheath when passing the room.
Pipe cover
Fig. 3.41 After installation of the drainage pipe, be sure to make water test and check if the water can be drained smoothly.
Drainage hose
Drainage hose
b) After piping work, check if the draining flow is smooth. 8.4 Test for Condensate Pipe The water test for condensate pipe includes closed water test and drainage test. The closed water test is focused on checking if the drainage pipe system is well sealed and if there is any leakage. The drainage test is focused on checking if the drainage pipe system can drain water smoothly and thoroughly and ensuring that there is no water deposit (except the specially designed water trap). After connection of the drainage pipe is completed, firstly carry out closed water test. Seal the
183
INSTALLATION
outlet of drainage pipe with adhesive tape or plug. Then, fill water into the drainage pipe system from indoor unit side. Stop filling after ensuring that all the drainage pipes are filled with water. After 24 hours, check all the joints of water pipe for any leakage. If any, repair and reinstall. If no leakage, proceed to drainage test. Remove the adhesive tape or plug from the drainage pipe. Check the water tray and drainage pipe of indoor unit if the drainage is thorough and if there is any water deposit. If any, readjust it. If not, complete the water test and proceed to the thermal insulation on all pipe joints. 8.5 Requirements of Heat preservation Heat Insulation Materials The thermal insulation material of obturator foam shall be used. Fireproof level: B1. The thermal conductivity shall not be higher than 0.035w/ (mk) when the average temperature is 0. Thickness of thermal insulation layer The thickness of thermal insulation layer on condensate pipe shall be over 10mm. The joint of thermal insulation materials must be adhered by using special glue and then wrapped with plastic tape having a width not less than 5cm to avoid condensing. Thermal insulation is not required for the outdoor section of condensate pipe.
184
INSTALLATION
9 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
9.1 Precautions for Electrical Installation Itemized Description of Cautions. The electrical installation must be done by professional electricians. The electrical installation must be done in accordance with applicable technical codes and other rules. WARNING! Please make sure to install earth leakage circuit breaker. Earth leakage circuit breaker must be installed to prevent electric shock or fire. CAUTIONS! The air conditioner must be securely earthed. Incorrect earthing may cause electric shock or fire. All the electric installations must be carried out by specialist technicians in accordance with the local laws, rules and these instructions. The indoor unit and outdoor unit shall use different power supplies. The indoor units under the same system must be powered by a unified power source. All the indoor units can only be controlled by one master power switch. Rated supply voltage and special circuit for air conditioner must be used. The earthing shall be secure. The earthing wire shall be connected to the special earthing device on the construction. The installation must be done by specialist technicians. Never connect the earth lead to the gas pipe, water pipe, lightening rod or telephone earth wire. To avoid electric shock or any accident due to mal-operation, the air switch and shock-resistant earth leakage circuit breaker that can cut off the power supply of the complete system must be installed. The air switch shall have both the magnetic tripping and thermal tripping functions to ensure protection against the short circuit and overload. Electric shock or fire might be caused if no installation of earth leakage circuit breaker. Do not switch on the power before completion of the electrical work. Make sure to cut off the power supply before repair. Under no condition could use the capacitor to improve the power factor. Please use cable conduit for power cords. Do not lay the electronic control cables (remote control and signal line) outside the machine with other cables; otherwise the machine might become malfunctioned or failed due to electrical noise. The power cord must be always connected to the power cord terminal board, and fixed by using the lock connector included with the machine. Meanwhile, prevent them from contacting the fitting pipe. The diameter of power cords shall be large enough. See below for the detailed specifications. The damaged power cords and connection lines must be replaced with the designated cables. When connecting the cable, please confirm that all the electrical components inside the electric box shall have no coupling or terminal loosened. (Improper installation of electric box cover may lead to potential water leakage, which will cause the unit abnormal or short circuit). Earth lead must be connected before connecting the power cord. An earth lead longer than the power cord shall be provided. For site wiring, please refer to the circuit diagram attached on the machine body.
185
INSTALLATION
9.2 SPECIFICATIONS OF POWER CORD & CIRCUIT BREAKER

Model GMV-Rm224W/Na-M GMV-Rm280W/Na-M GMV-Rm335W/Na-M GMV-Rm400W/Na-M GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm504W/Na-M GMV-Rm560W2/Na-M GMV-Rm615W2/Na- M GMV-Rm670W2/Na- M GMV-Rm730W2/Na- M GMV-Rm800W2/Na- M GMV-Rm850W2/Na- M GMV-Rm900W2/Na- M GMV-Rm954W2/Na- M GMV-Rm1008W2/Na-M GMV-Rm1070W3/Na-M GMV-Rm1135W3/Na-M GMV-Rm1200W3/Na-M GMV-Rm1250W3/Na-M GMV-Rm1300W3/Na-M GMV-Rm1350W3/Na-M GMV-Rm1405W3/Na-M GMV-Rm1458W3/Na-M GMV-Rm1512W3/Na-M GMV-Rm1600W4/Na-M GMV-Rm1650W4/Na-M GMV-Rm1700W4/Na-M GMV-Rm1750W4/Na-M GMV-Rm1800W4/Na-M GMV-Rm1854W4/Na-M GMV-Rm1908W4/Na-M GMV-Rm1962W4/Na-M GMV-Rm2016W4/Na-M Indoor UNIT Power supply(V,Ph,Hz) 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 220-240V-1Ph-50Hz Capability of circuit breaker (A) 20 28 32 40 40 40 50 63 63 63 80 80 80 100 100 100 100 100 125 125 125 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 180 180 180 180 6 Min. sectional area of earth lead (mm2) 4. 6. 6. 10 10 10 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 25 25 25 25 25 35 35 35 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 70 70 70 70 1 Min. sectional area of power cord (mm2) 4. 6. 6. 10 10 10 16 25 25 25 35 35 35 50 50 50 50 50 70 70 70 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 120 120 120 120 1
186
INSTALLATION
9.3 Wiring Sketch Map 9.3.1 Connection of power cord Wiring Sketch Map for 3-Phase Outdoor Unit For modular Multi VRF, various outdoor unit modules require for a connection of independent air switch and power cable.
Notes: a) For the pin silk print on mainboard for connection of communication line, please refer to the lead diagram of the unit. b) The outdoor signal line leading out of the electric box must be separated from the power cord and shall not be tied together. They must be kept at a distance of 10cm to the least. If they cannot be routed separately in actual application, make utmost to avoid routing in parallel. c) The outdoor signal line must be fixed by using the cable clamp A or lock connector B in the electric box. As shown: (A) (B)
Loosen the two screws fixing the cable clamp A and insert the signal line through the cable clamp. Then, tighten the signal line with screws. If still loose, use a strap to tie at the position where the signal line passes through the cable clamp.
Open the bottom of lock connector and insert the signal line and other light-current line (temperature sensor, pressure sensor) together through the hole of lock connector. Then, rotate in reverse direction to tighten the bottom of lock connector, making the cable-cross hole shrink slowly until all the lines are locked.
9.3.2 Connection of communication line Use of communication line: Network for indoor unit: The 2-cord twisted line is used for communication between outdoor unit indoor unit and indoor unit indoor unit. Both ends are 3-cord XH plug (The 2-bit and 3-bit are used, while the line must corresponding to each other). The network of outdoor units: 2-core twisted cable with both ends having 4-core XH plug (bits 2 and 3 in use, one-to-one correspondence) is used for the communication between module and module. See the schematics below for connection of communication line: The interface position of communication line varies with the machine model. For details, please see the wiring sketch map in the machine. Each indoor unit network can connect maximum 16 sets of indoor units. 1Connection of communication line of single outdoor unit with transition board
187
INSTALLATION
ON 1 2
DIP 3 4
ON 1 2
ON 1 2
SW1
SW2
SW3
CN16 CN17 A CN18 B 2 A B CN2 CN3 2 NO.1
CN11 CN12 A CN13 B 2 A B CN1 COM-OUT3
ON DIP 1 2 S2 1 3
1
A B 2 NO.2 2 NO.N,(16max)
CN1
The maximum number of indoor units that can be connected to a single-unit outdoor unit system with adaptor boards is: 16 the quantity of adaptor boards. For modular single-unit outdoor unit, quantity dial-up and address dial-up must be set on the mainboard, otherwise normal operation is impossible. 3 Connection of communication line of module outdoor unit with one transition board
2
ON 1
DIP
ON
ON
ON 1
DIP
ON
ON
2 3 4 SW1
1 2 1 2 SW2 SW3
CN11 CN12 A CN13 B 2 CN16 CN17 A CN18 B 2 A B CN2 CN3 A B CN1
2 3 4 SW1
1 2 1 2 SW2 SW3
CN11 CN12 A CN13 B CN16 CN17 A CN18 B 2 A B CN2 CN3 A B CN1
A B CN1 COM-OUT3
2 2
A B CN1 COM-OUT3
ON DIP 1 2 3 S2 1
ON DIP 1 2 3 S2 2
A B CN2 CN3 A B CN1
ON DIP 1 2 3 S2 3
1
2 NO.1 NO.2 2 NO.N,(16max)
The maximum number of indoor units that can be connected to a single-unit outdoor unit system with adaptor boards is: 16 the quantity of adaptor boards. For modular single-unit outdoor unit, quantity dial-up and address dial-up must be set on the mainboard, otherwise normal operation is impossible. 4Connection of communication line of module outdoor unit with two transition board
188
INSTALLATION
The maximum number of indoor units that can be connected to a modular outdoor unit system is: 16 the quantity of adaptor boards. Quantity dial-up and address dial-up must be set on the mainboard and address dial-up must be set on adaptor board, otherwise normal operation is impossible. 5Connection of communication line under special conditions In the event of inadequacy in the quantity of outdoor unit adaptor boards, communication cables can be used for the connection of units.
A maximum of 7 adaptor boards can be added (a maximum of 8 adaptor boards is allowed for unit). Address for each adaptor board must vary. The maximum number of indoor units that can be connected is: 16 the quantity of adaptor boards. For modular units, quantity dial-up and address dial-up must be set on the mainboard, otherwise normal operation is impossible.
189
INSTALLATION
9.4 Dial-up of Unit 9.4.1 Dial-up of indoor unit mainboard and wire remote controller 1 Address code 1 Address code The address codes of indoor unit and wired controller vary with the indoor unit controller for different models, and they are wholly marked as Address. The address code is set during site installation. The setting of address code must be in accordance with the following principles: The address of indoor unit in the same indoor unit network must be unique (The number of indoor units shall not exceed 16 in one indoor unit network). The address code of wired controller must be kept consistent to the address code of corresponding indoor unit; otherwise the unit cannot run normally. See below for the address definitions:
Bit 4 ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Bit 3 ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF Dial-up TableDIP switch with 4 bit Bit 2 Bit 1 ON ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF Address 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Example: The dial-up represents the address 2
2 Address code about capacity The capacity codes of indoor unit vary with the indoor unit controller for different models, and they are wholly marked as Capacity. The capacity codes are factory set and covered by sealant. The user cannot change the capacity codes. See below for the capacity definitions:
Bit 4 ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Bit 3 ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF Dial-up TableDIP Switch with 4 bit Bit 2 Bit 1 ON ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF Capacity 2.0/2.2KW 2.5KW 2.8/3.0/3.2KW 3.5/3.6KW 4.0KW 4.5KW 5.0KW 5.6/6.0/6.3KW 22.4KW 7.0/7.1KW 8.0KW 9.0KW 10.0KW 11.0/11.2/12.0/ 12.5KW 14.0KW 28.0KW Example: This dial-up code represents capacity 2.5KW
190

Controller Type Dial-up TypeDial-up Print Dial Mode Dial-up Position 3 2 1 ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON OFF ON OFF ON Dial-up Position / 2 1 ON ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF
INSTALLATION
Remarks Capacity Covered by sealant. 22.4KW Factory set according to model and no need 28.0KW to change. 33.5KW If set to a dial-up not 40.0KW existing in the table, 45.0KW the unit might give out 50.4KW error alarm. 55.0KW Qty The dial-up is valid for mainboard with module address 0, 1 and the quantity must 2 be identical with the 3 number of modules connected to the complete unit. 4 To be set on installation site Addres Address must s increase progressively from 0 and shall not exceed 1 quantity dial-up of 2 modules, not to be 3 covered by sealant. To be set on 4 installation site Addres s Adaptor boards in the complete unit shall 1 vary from each other 2 in their address. 3 There is no requirement for 4 sequence. 5 To be set on 6 installation site 7 8 Addres The fan address of s each module increases from 0". There is no 1 requirement for 2 sequence. The 3 modules are mutually independent. 4 Factory set and no need to change.
Table for Dial-up Arrangement of R410A Modular Digital Multi VRF Outdoor Unit
4 ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF / -
Module capacity
SW1 (Capacity)
Mainboard of outdoor unit
Module quantity
ON 1 2
SW2 (Out-No.)
Dial-up Position Module address

ON 1 2
SW3 (Address)
/ -
/ -
2 ON ON OFF OFF
1 ON OFF ON OFF
Dial-up Position Adaptor board address / / 3 ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF / 2 ON ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF 2 ON ON OFF OFF 1 ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF 1 ON OFF ON OFF
Adaptor board
S2
Dial-up Position Fan address Fan board

ON 1 2
S2 or S1
191
INSTALLATION
Interface Definition of Controller of R410A Modular Digital Multi VRF Outdoor Unit
10 1
3 4 5 6
7
1-Mainboard communication interface 2-Not Used
3-Indoor unit communication interface

8-Transformer input interface
4-State indicator(red)
9-Adaptor board power interface
5-State indicator(green)
10-Transformer output interface
6-Adaptor board address dial-up
7-State display nixietube
Interface Definition of adaptor board of R410A Modular Digital Multi VRF Outdoor Unit
192
INSTALLATION
1-Transformer input
2-Electronic expansion valve 7-adaptor Board Communication Interface 12-Not Used
3-Transformer output
4-Communication interface of indoor unit 9-Low pressure sensor
5-Not Used
6-Not Used
8-State indicator
10-Hhigh pressure sensor
11-Not Used 16-Not Used 21-EVI Tube-exit sensor 26-Tube-inlet 1 sensor 31-Not Used 36-Button 3 41-EVI expansion valve 46-Fixed frequency compressor 2 51-Fixed frequency 2 liquid bypass 56-4-way valve
13-Fixed-frequency 2 14-Fixed-frequency 15- Digital exhaust Exhaust 1 Exhaust 19-Digital oil 17-Fixed-frequency 2 18-Fixed-frequency 1 oil 20-Main CPU board temperature temperature oil temperature 25-tube-middle 1 24-Tube-inlet 1 23-EVI Tube-inlet 22-Not Used sensor sensor temp. sensor 27-Outdoor environment sensor 32- Not Used 37-Quick test port 42-Digital discharge valve 47-Not Used 52-Fixed frequency 1EVI solenoid valve 57-Mainboard power input 28-Module capacity dial-up 33- Not Used 38-Overcurrent protection switc 43-Capillary solenoid valve 48-Digital EVI solenoid valve EVI solenoid valve 29-Module quantity 30-Module address dial-up 34- Button 1 39-Not Used 44-Digital compressor 49-Digital liquid bypass A dial-up 35- Button 2 40-high pressure protection switch 45-Fixed frequency compressor 1 50-Fixed frequency 1 liquid bypass 55-Gas bypass
53-Fixed frequency 2 54-Refrigerant valve
Interface Definition of mainboard of R410A Modular Digital Multi VRF Outdoor Unit
193
INSTALLATION
1-Communication interface (with 12V inverse) 6-Address code of fan board
2-Communication interface (3-cord 7-Fan interface
3-Communication interface (with 5V) 8-Power interface of fan board
4-Fan feedback interface
5-State indicator
Drive Board Interface Definition for DC Inverter Fan
194
INSTALLATION
1-Address code of fan board 6-Fan interface, V-phase
2-Communication interface (3-cord)

7-Fan W-phase interface,
3-communication interface (with 5V)

8-Fan overheating protection interface
4-State indicator
9-Power N-line of fan board
5-Fan interface, U-phase 10-Power L-line of fan board
Drive Board Interface Definition for AC Inverter Fan
195
MAINTENANCE
196
MAINTENANCE
1 TROUBLE TABLES
1.1 Trouble Display of Indoor Unit 1.1.1 Trouble display of wire remote controller
Display code E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E9 EH F0 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 FA Fb FC Fd Trouble Name High-pressure protection Antifreeze protection Low-pressure protection Exhaust Overtemperature Protection Overcurrent Protection Communication error Mode conflict Water-full protection Auxiliary heater mal-start protection Indoor environment temperature sensor error Indoor tube-inlet sensor error Indoor tube-middle sensor error Indoor tube-exit sensor error Outdoor environment temperature sensor error Outdoor tube-inlet sensor error Indoor tube-middle sensor error Outdoor tube-exit sensor error Fixed-frequency exhaust temperature sensor error Digital exhaust temperature sensor error Fixed-frequency oil temperature sensor error Digital oil temperature sensor error High-voltage sensor error Low-voltage sensor error Source of trouble signal HV sensor High-pressure Switch Indoor tube sensor Low pressure sensor Exhaust temperature sensor Overcurrent test board Inverter drive Communication wire Address dial code User operation Indoor unit mode Pump water level detection switch Auxiliary heater detection switch Indoor room sensor Indoor coil-inlet temperature sensor Indoor coil-middle temperature sensor Indoor coil-exit temperature sensor Outdoor environment sensor Outdoor Tube-inlet Sensor Outdoor Tube-middle Sensor Outdoor Tube-exit Sensor Fixed-frequency exhaust temperature sensor Digital exhaust temperature sensor Fixed-frequency oil temperature sensor Digital oil temperature sensor HV sensor HV sensor Description Exhaust pressure is too high Indoor evaporator is frozen Absorption pressure is too low The exhaust temperature of compressor is too high. The compressor current is too high, or the drive is failed. The communication line is broken or not connected correctly; or the address code of indoor unit is incorrect. The user mode is in conflict against the unit working mode. The water level in water tray exceeds the limit. The contactor of auxiliary heater is stuck. Temperature senor is abnormal or not connected. Temperature senor is abnormal or not connected. Temperature senor is abnormal or not connected. Temperature senor is abnormal or not connected. Temperature senor is abnormal or not connected. Temperature senor is abnormal or not connected. Temperature senor is abnormal or not connected. Temperature senor is abnormal or not connected. Temperature senor is abnormal or not connected. Temperature senor is abnormal or not connected. Temperature senor is abnormal or not connected. Temperature senor is abnormal or not connected. HV sensor is abnormal or not connected. HV sensor is abnormal or not connected.
1.1.2 Trouble display of mainboard LED of duct type indoor unit

Error High-pressure protection Antifreeze protection Low-pressure protection Exhaust Overtemperature Protection Overcurrent Protection Communication error Mode conflict Water-full protection Indoor environment temperature sensor error Indoor tube-inlet sensor error Indoor tube-middle sensor error Auxiliary heater mal-start protection Trouble name Tube-inlet sensor error Tube-middle sensor error Tube-exit sensor error Indoor environment temperature sensor error Defrost Antifreeze protection Water-full protection Mode conflict Communication error Outdoor unit failure Auxiliary heating protection Error Code E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E9 F0 F1 F2 EH Electrical source LED Operation LED Timing LED Error Indoor tube-exit sensor error Outdoor environment temperature sensor error Outdoor tube-inlet sensor error Outdoor tube-middle sensor error Outdoor tube-exit sensor error Fixed-frequency exhaust temperature sensor error Digital exhaust temperature sensor error Fixed-frequency oil temperature sensor error Digital oil temperature sensor error High-voltage sensor error Low-voltage sensor error Error Code F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 FA Fb FC Fd
1.1.3 Trouble display of mainboard LED of cassette type indoor unit
Legend: bright ; dark ;blink 1.1.4 Trouble display of mainboard LED of LengJingwang

Trouble name Tube-inlet sensor error Tube-middle sensor error Tube-exit sensor error Indoor environment temperature sensor error Defrost Antifreeze protection Mode conflict Communication error Outdoor unit failure Auxiliary heating protection Electrical source LED
MAINTENANCE
Operation LED Timing LED
Legend: bright ; dark ;blink 1.1.5 Trouble display of mainboard LED of TianLi
Trouble name Tube-inlet sensor error Tube-middle sensor error Tube-exit sensor error Indoor environment temperature sensor error Defrost Antifreeze protection Mode conflict Communication error Outdoor unit failure Auxiliary heating protection Electrical source LED Operation LED Timing LED
Legend: bright ; dark ;blink 1.1.6 Trouble display of mainboard LED of FengYun and FengXia
Trouble name Tube-inlet sensor error Tube-middle sensor error Tube-exit sensor error Indoor environment temperature sensor error Defrost Antifreeze protection Mode conflict Communication error Outdoor unit failure Auxiliary heating protection [1] Bright and dark intermittently [2] Bright and dark simultaneously Legend: bright ; dark ;blink Fast blinking [2] Slow blinking [1] Operation LED Timing LED
199
MAINTENANCE
Electrical source LED
1.1.7 Trouble display of mainboard LED of XinFengyun and XinFengxia

Trouble name Tube-inlet sensor error Tube-middle sensor error Tube-exit sensor error Indoor environment temperature sensor error Defrost Antifreeze protection Mode conflict Communication error Outdoor unit failure Auxiliary heating protection Operation LED Timing LED
Legend: bright ; dark ;blink 1.1.8 Trouble display of mainboard LED of floor ceiling type
Trouble name Tube-inlet sensor error Tube-middle sensor error Tube-exit sensor error Indoor environment temperature sensor error Defrost Antifreeze protection Mode conflict Communication error Outdoor unit failure Auxiliary heating protection Electrical source LED Operation LED Timing LED
Legend: bright ; dark ;blink 1.2 Trouble and State Display of Mainboard LED of Outdoor Unit Difinition: LED6: Power lamp (red), bright when energized. LED5: Operation lamp (green), bright if no error, which indicated that the unit is started; Dark indicates the unit is stopped. LED4, LED3, LED2 and LED1: Error / state indicator (yellow)
200
MAINTENANCE
1.2.1 Trouble of elements

Trouble name High-voltage sensor error Low-voltage sensor error Outdoor environment temperature sensor error System 1 coil-inlet sensor error System 1 coil-middle sensor error System 1 coil-exit sensor error System 2 coil-inlet sensor error System 2 coil-middle sensor error System 2 coil-exit sensor error VRF/Digital exhaust temperature sensor error Fixed-frequency compressor 1 exhaust temperature sensor error Fixed-frequency compressor 2 exhaust temperature sensor error Fixed-frequency compressor 3 exhaust temperature sensor error VRF/Digital oil temperature / top sensor error Fixed-frequency compressor 1 oil temperature / top sensor error Fixed-frequency compressor 2 oil temperature / top sensor error Fixed-frequency compressor 3 oil temperature / top sensor error Display of LED LED6 LED5 LED4 LED3 LED2 LED1 Display of wired remote controller Fc Fd F4 F5 F6 F7 F5 F6 F7 F9 F8 F8 F8 Fb FA FA FA
Legend: bright ; dark ;blink 1.2.2 System trouble

Trouble name High-pressure protection Low-pressure protection Exhaust protection Overcurrent Protection Oil temperature 85 protection No-refrigerant protection Display of LED LED6 LED5 LED4 LED3 LED2 LED1 Display of wired remote controller E1 E3 E4 E5 E4 E3
Legend: bright ; dark ;blink
201
MAINTENANCE
1.2.3 Controlling trouble

Trouble name Capacity dial-up of outdoor unit is wrong Drive error of outdoor fan Drive current error of outdoor fan Drive voltage protection of outdoor fan Module overheating protection of outdoor fan Motor overheating protection of outdoor fan Display of LED LED6 LED5 LED4 LED3 LED2 LED1 Display of wired remote controller No display E5 E5 E5 E5 E5
Legend: bright ; dark ;blink 1.2.4 Communication trouble

Trouble name Display of LED LED6 LED5 LED4 LED3 LED2 LED1 Display of wired remote controller E6 displayed on indoor unit under adaptor board failing to communicate with the master board E6 displayed on indoor unit under adaptor board failing to communicate with the master board E6 E5
Communication error between submodule and the master board
Inconsistency of Dial-up quantity with communication quantity Communication error between master board of outdoor unit and adaptor board Communication error between outdoor board and fan speed regulation board
202
1.2.5 State display

Trouble name Other modules are at fault, and failure-free modules display Forcible cooling Forcible heating Forcible stop Defrost Oil return Oil equilibrium Vacuum mode IPLV test mode Online test mode The current module module is master X Display of LED LED6 LED5 LED4 LED3 LED2 LED1 Display of wired remote controller No display TEST TEST TEST MELT When heating, MELT No display when cooling No display No display No display No display No display
Legend: bright ; dark ;blink 1.2.6 Number of indoor units display Access method: Short press SW10 (KEY1) twice within 2 seconds to enter into Indoor Unit Number Detection mode; Operation state: The LED6-LED1 display the binary value of the number of indoor units, maximum up to 63 sets (bright bright bright bright bright bright). When the number of indoor unit is 0: The LED6-LED1 display the adaptor board communication error code: (bright, blink, dark, blink, blink, dark) Exit method: Short press SW10 (KEY1) twice within 2 seconds to exit to normal mode;
Trouble name Display of LED LED6 Detection of the number of indoor units LED5 LED4 LED3 LED2 LED1 Indicate the number of indoor units in current system Binary value of number 1 set 2 set 3 set Equal to or more than 63 sets 0 set
MAINTENANCE
1.3 Trouble Display of Outdoor Unit Transition Board

Trouble code C5 E1 E3 E4 E5 E6 Fc Fd Trouble name Capacity dial-up of outdoor unit is wrong High-pressure protection Low-pressure protection Exhaust / High oil temperature protection Overcurrent / fan drive part fault Adaptor communication fault High-voltage sensor error Low-voltage sensor error Trouble code F4 F5 F6 F7 F9 F8 Fb FA Trouble name Outdoor environment temperature sensor error System 1 coil-inlet sensor error System 1 coil-middle sensor error System 1 coil-exit sensor error VRF/Digital exhaust temperature sensor error Fixed-frequency compressor 1 exhaust temperature sensor error VRF/Digital oil temperature / top sensor error Fixed-frequency compressor 1 oil temperature / top sensor error
1.4 Trouble Display of Driver Board LED

Trouble name Normal state of fan board Communication error between outdoor board and fan speed regulation board Outdoor fan drive error / module protection Drive current error of outdoor fan Drive voltage protection of outdoor fan Module overheating protection of outdoor fan Motor overheating protection of outdoor fan LED1 Red LED2 Yellow LED3 Green Times of continuously flash about LED1(Red) Remark The DC fan board blinks once every 1s The DC fan board blinks 5 times every 250mS The DC fan board blinks 2 times every 250mS The DC fan board blinks 3 times every 250mS The DC fan board blinks 4 times every 250mS The DC fan board blinks 6 times every 250mS DC fan board has no error
Legend: bright ; dark ;blink Note: The code E5 represents different errors. Therefore, then the wired controller of indoor unit or the lamp displays E5 protection, please do not immediately cut off the power of complete unit, but checking the records of mainboard, adaptor board and drive board on outdoor side and observing the detailed display of the error lamp to identify the specific error protection.
204
MAINTENANCE
2 FLOW CHART OF TROUBLESHOOTING

The repair personnel shall collect the error information as more as possible for careful study and list those electric or system parts that might cause the error. Then, the repair personnel shall be able to identify the specific cause of error and find out the problem parts. Keep an eye on the complete equipment. Do not restrict to a part, but taking care to check the state of complete equipment. Study from the simple point. To analyze, judge and identify the cause of trouble, please start from the simple operation and finally proceed to such complicated operations as discharge of refrigerant, disassembly of equipment, replacement of parts and filling of refrigerant. Be prudent to find out the cause. The unit might be incurred to multiple errors, and such errors might be caused by multiple reasons. It is also possible that one error is developed into multiple errors. Therefore, a comprehensive analysis system shall be set up to ensure that the result of judgment is more correct and reliable. Note: The code E5 represents different errors. Therefore, then the wired controller of indoor unit or the lamp displays E5 protection, please do not immediately cut off the power of complete unit, but checking the records of mainboard, adaptor board and drive board on outdoor side and observing the detailed display of the error lamp to identify the specific error protection.
205
MAINTENANCE
1 High-pressure protection
High-pressure protection
Use pressure gauge to measure if the pressure is really high?

Yes
No
Measure if the pressure switch is normal No
Yes
Replace the mainboard of outdoor unit
Check if the operation mode of indoor unit is set properly? Yes Check if the gas valve and liquid valve are fully open?
Yes
Check if the front panel of outdoor unit is covered tightly?
No
Refer to the Instruction Manual for Indoor Unit
Replace the pressure switch
No
Fully open the valve
No
Cover up the front panel properly
Yes
Check if the air inlet and outlet of the indoor and outdoor exchanger is smooth?

Yes
No
Remove the obstructions
Check if the indoor and outdoor fans run normally?

Yes
No
Measure the fan motor and signal input
Check if the indoor swing louver is fully open?

Yes
No
Measure the swing motor and signal input
Check if the capacity output of outdoor unit is equal to the capacity demand of indoor units?
No
Refer to the dial-up of indoor and outdoor unit
Yes Check if the indoor electronic expansion valve can work normally
Yes No
Engage the valve body with the coil
Check if the indoor / outdoor filters or radiating fins are dirty or blocked? No
The system pipe is blocked
Yes
Refer to the Repair and Maintenance
Focus on checking the inlet and outlet of the connection between indoor units and main pipe. Also focus on checking the electronic expansion valve of indoor unit and outdoor unit. Replace the electronic expansion valve, drying filter and other parts
206
2)Low-pressure protection
Low-pressure protection
Use pressure gauge to if measure the pressure is really low?

Yes
No
Refer to low pressure sensor error
Check if the refrigerant in the system too low? is No Check if the operation indoor unitset mode of is properly?
Yes
Yes
Add according refrigerant to the nominal refrigerant volume on nameplate and the calculated charge volume
No
Refer to for Indoor Unit the Instruction Manual
Check if the gas valve and outdoor liquid valve of unit are fully open?
Yes
No
Fully open the valve
Check if the front panel of outdoor unit is covered tightly?

Yes
No
Cover up the front panel properly
outlet Check if the air inlet and of the indoor and outdoor exchanger is smooth?
Yes
No
Remove the obstructions
Check if the indoor and fans outdoor run normally?

No
Yes
Measure the fan motor and signal input
Check if the indoor swing louver is fully open?

Yes
No
Measure the swing motor and signal input
Yes
No
Refer to of indoor and outdoor unit the dial-up
Check if the indoor electronic expansion valve can work normally

Yes
No
Engage the coil the valve body with
Check if the indoor / outdoor radiating fins are filters or dirty or blocked?
No The pipe is system blocked
Yes
Refer to the Maintenance Repair and
Focus outlet of the between indoor on checking the inlet and connection units and main pipe. Also focus on checking the electronic expansion valve of indoor unit and outdoor expansion drying filter parts unit. Replace the electronic valve, and other
MAINTENANCE
3Exhaust Overtemperature Protection

Exhaust Temperature Protection
Measure if the exhaust temperature of compressor reaches 130? 130
No
Measureresistance if the of temperature sensor is correct?
No
Yes
Yes
When the exhaust 115 temperature of compressor is higher than 115, check if the corresponding liquid bypass plug is connected through?
Yes
No
Replace the corresponding exhaust temperature sensor
Check if the corresponding liquid bypass sub-assembly is in good condition, e.g. if the solenoid valve is in good condition and if the capillary pipe is blocked? Yes
No
Replace the liquid bypass sub-assembly
No
Refer to the dial-up of indoor and outdoor unit
Yes
Repair the leakage of system pipe and add refrigerant according to the required volume
208
MAINTENANCE
4Compressor overcurrent protection

Abnormal overcurrent error
If the compressor wiring is correct

Yes
No
Adjust the compressor wiring

Yes
If the high voltage of unit
If the current value is higher than the preset value of protector
No
Replace the overcurrent protector
is normal
No
Refer to high voltage protection
Yes
If the voltage is normal
No
Contactcompany the power supply
Yes The communication resumes to normal
209
MAINTENANCE
5Communication error
Communication error
Check if the communication line of indoor unit is connected

Yes
Measure if the communication line is through?
No
Check the orientation of plug and socket
No
Replace the communication line
Yes
Check if the communication line of indoor and outdoor unit is connected correctly?
Yes
No
Check if the two ends of communication line are mounted with magnetic ring? Yes Check if the outdoor unit is electrically powered?
Yes
No
Please mount the included magnetic ring
No
Please supply power to the outdoor unit
If the address codes of indoor units in the same system are repeated?
Yes
No
Change the repeated address codes
If the address code of wired controller complies with the address code of the connected indoor unit?
No
Change the address code of wired controller
210
MAINTENANCE
6Water-full protectionjust for cassette type indoor unit

Fault display
Check if the water overflows?

Yes
No
If the voltage of liquid level switch terminal is correct?
No
Replace the mainboard of indoor unit
Yes
Check the liquid level switch No
running?
Yes
If the drainage pump is
No
If the voltage of drainage pump terminal is correct?
Yes
Check pump the wiring of drainage
If the drainage pipe is unblocked and if the water flow is smooth?
No
Adjust the drainage pipe
Yes Check the drainage pump
7Temperature sensor error

Temperature sensor error
If the plug on temperature sensor is correctly connected to the socket on mainboard?

Yes
No
Remove the temperature and measure if its resistance is within normal range?
Yes
No
Replace the temperature sensor
211
MAINTENANCE
8Pressure sensor error

Pressure sensor error
Check if the plug of high pressure sensor is correctly connected to the socket?
No
Yes
Measure if the output value (DC voltage) of the outdoor mainboard socket is normal?
Yes
Replace the high pressure sensor
No
212
3 WIRING DIADRAM
1) Outdoor unit
GMV-Rm224W/Na-M, GMV-Rm280W/Na-M
Line Filter Load
V W M
GMV-Rm335W/Na-M
GMV-Rm400W/Na-M, GMV-Rm450W/Na-M, GMV-Rm504W/Na-M
MAINTENANCE
2) Indoor unit
GMV-R22P/Na-K,GMV-R25P/Na-K,GMV-R28P/Na-K,GMV-R36P/Na-K,GMVL-R22P/Na-K ,GMVL-R25P/Na-K,GMVL -R28P/Na-K,GMVL-R36P/Na-K
v
GMV-R45P/Na-K ,GMV-R50P/Na-K,GMVL-R45P/Na-K GMVL-R50P/Na-K,
214
MAINTENANCE
GMV-R56P/Na-K,GMV-R71P/Na-K,GMV-R80P/Na-K,GMVL-R56P/Na-K,GMVL-R71P/Na-K,GMVL-R80P/Na-K
GMV-R90P/Na-K,GMV-R112P/Na-K,GMV-R140P/Na-K,GMVL-R90P/Na-K,GMVL-R112P/Na-K,GMVL-R140P/Na-K
215
MAINTENANCE
GMV-R125P/Na-K,GMVL-R125P/Na-K
GMV-R22P/NaB-KGMV-R28P/NaB-KGMV-R36P/NaB-KGMV-R45P/NaB-KGMV-R56P/NaB-K GMV-R71P/NaB-K
216
MAINTENANCE
GMV-R90P/NaB-KGMV-R112P/NaB-KGMV-R140P/NaB-K
C1
C2
217
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF GMV-R22PS/NaB-KGMV-R28PS/NaB-KGMV-R36PS/NaB-K
MAINTENANCE
GMV-R45PS/NaB-KGMV-R56PS/NaB-KGMV-R71PS/NaB-K
218
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF GMV-R90PS/NaB-KGMV-R112PS/NaB-KGMV-R140PS/NaB-K
MAINTENANCE
C1
C2
GMV-R22T/NaA-KGMV-R28T/NaA-KGMV-R36T/NaA-KGMV-R45T/NaA-K
GMV-R28T/Na-K,GMV-R36T/Na-K,GMV-R45T/Na-K,GMV-R50T/Na-K,GMV-R56T/Na-K,GMV-R71T/Na-K,GMV-R9 0T/Na-K,GMV-R112T/Na-K,GMV-R125T/Na-K,GMV-R140T/Na-K,GMVL-R28T/Na-K,GMVL-R36T/Na-K,GMVL-R45 T/Na-K,GMVL-R50T/Na-K,GMVL-R56T/Na-K,GMVL-R71T/Na-K,GMVL-R90T/Na-K,GMVL-R112T/Na-K,GMVL-R12 5T/Na-K,GMVL-R140T/Na-K 219
MAINTENANCE
Limit Switch
Swing Motor
Water Level Switch
Environment
1 2 3
Temp.sensor Out Temp.sensor Mid Temp.sensor In Temp.sensor
Manual Panel
GMV-R22Td/Na-K,GMV-R28Td/Na-K,GMV-R36Td/Na-K
GMV-R22G/NaB-K,GMVL-R22G/NaB-K,GMV-R28G/NaB-K,GMVL-R28G/NaB-K,GMV-R36G/NaB-K,GMVL-R36G/N aB-K,GMV-R45G/NaB-K,GMVL-R45G/NaB-K
220
MAINTENANCE
GMV-R50G/NaB-K,GMV-R56G/NaB-K,GMVL-R50G/NaB-K,GMVL-R56G/NaB-K
GMV-R22G/NaC-K,GMV-R28G/NaC-K ,GMV-R36G/NaC-K,GMV-R45G/NaC-K,GMVL-R22G/NaC-K,GMVL-R28G/Na C-K ,GMVL-R36G/NaC-K,GMVL-R45G/NaC-K
221
MAINTENANCE
GMV-R71G/Na-K,GMV-R80G/Na-K,GMVL-R71G/Na-K,GMVL-R80G/Na-K
222
MAINTENANCE
GMV-R28Zd/Na-K,GMV-R36Zd/Na-K,GMV-R50Zd/Na-K,GMV-R71Zd/Na-K,GMV-R90Zd/Na-K,GMV-R112Zd/Na-K,G MV-R125Zd/Na-K,GMVL-R28Zd/Na-K,GMVL-R36Zd/Na-K,GMVL-R50Zd/Na-K,GMVL-R71Zd/Na-K,GMVL-R90Zd/N a-K,GMVL-R112Zd/Na-K,GMVL-R125Zd/Na-K
223
4 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE OF MAIN PARTS

4.1Outdoor Unit
Disassembly and Assembly of external casing Remark : Step 1. Remove the front panel Illustration Handling Instruction Use screwdriver to remove the screws; Raise upward and remove the front panel.
2. Remove the electric box cover
Use screwdriver to remove the screws; Remove the electric box cover
3. Remove the electric box
Unplug the power cords and communication lines from the mainboard; Use screwdriver to remove the screws; Remove the electric box

4. Remove the flow-guide cover
MAINTENANCE
Use screwdriver to remove the screws; Remove the flow-guide cover
5. Remove sub-assembly
the
fan
Use screwdriver to remove the screws; Remove the fan sub-assembly.
6. Remove the front panel 1 and front lining plate sub-assembly
Use screwdriver to remove the screws; Remove the front panel 1 Use screwdriver to remove the screws; Remove the front lining plate sub-assembly
225

7. Remove the left side plate, right side plate, rear lining plate sub-assembly and back cover board
MAINTENANCE
Use screwdriver to remove the screws fixing the left side plate and right side plate; Remove the left side plate and right side plate Use screwdriver to remove the screws fixing the rear lining plate sub-assembly and back cover board; Remove the rear lining plate sub-assembly and back cover board.
8. Assemble the unit in reverse procedures
Assemble the unit in reverse to the disassembly procedures and energize it for testing.
Disassembly and Assembly of Compressor Remarks: Before removing the Compressor, make sure that there is no refrigerant inside the pipe system and that the power has been cut off. Step Illustration Handling Instruction 1. Remove the power cord Use screwdriver to loosen the screws fixing the power cable. Color the cord and Pull out the power cable. code the post head when removal Note: When removing the power cable, please mark the power cable color and corresponding terminal, thus to avoid error during reinstallation.
226

2. Remove the oil separator, oil separator support and pipe in front of the compressor
MAINTENANCE
Disconnect the pipeline from the compressor and oil separator. Use screwdriver to remove the screws fixing the oil separator support. Remove the oil separator, oil separator support and related pipes.
3. Remove the compressor from chassis
Use tool to remove the bolts fixing the compressor. Remove the compressor from chassis.
4. Fix the new compressor to chassis.
Install the compressor correctly to the chassis sub-assembly. Tighten the nuts with tool.
227

5. Connect the suction and exhaust pipe of compressor to system pipeline.
MAINTENANCE
Weld pipeline connected to the compressor (including the exhaust pipe, suction pipe, oil balance pipe and gas balance pipe).
6. Connect the power cables of compressor correctly.
7. Reinstall the electric heater and exhaust sensor of the compressor.
8. Check if the compressor rotates in correct direction if the lubricating oil is leaked.
Disassembly and Assembly of 4-way valve Remark : Step 1. Remove the coil of 4-way valve Illustration Handling Instruction Use screwdriver to remove the screws fixing the coil. Remove the coil of 4-way valve. . Use welding gun to cut the pipes connected to 4-way valve (weld spot indicated in the figure)
2. Use welding gun to cut the four pipes connected to 4-way valve.
228

4 welding spots 4 welding spots
MAINTENANCE
3. Remove the 4-way valve
Remove the 4-way valve
4. Replace the 4-way valve
Put the new 4-way valve to correct position . Reweld the pipes connected to 4-way valve.
5. Reinstall the pipes connected to 4-way valve.
6. Install the coil of 4-way valve
. Place the coil of 4-way valve correctly. Tighten the screws with screwdriver.
229
Disassembly and Assembly of electronic expansion valve Remark : Step 1. Remove the coil of electronic expansion valve Illustration Handling Instruction Rotate the coil of electronic expansion valve and remove it after loosening the clamp. . Use welding gun to cut the pipes connected to electronic expansion valve.
2. Use welding gun to cut the pipes connected to electronic expansion valve
Weld at the two points here
3. Replace the expansion valve.
electronic
Put the new electronic expansion valve to correct position.

4. Reinstall the pipes connected to electronic expansion valve.
MAINTENANCE
. Reweld the pipes connected to electronic expansion valve.
5. Install the coil of electronic expansion valve.
Mount the coil of electronic expansion valve onto valve body and align the clamp.
Disassembly and Assembly of Fan and Fan Motor Remark : Step 1. Remove the front panel Illustration Handling Instruction Use screwdriver to remove the screws; Remove the front panel.
2. Remove the electric box cover
Use screwdriver to remove the screws; Remove the electric box cover.
3. Remove the power cord of
Unplug the power cord of
231

fan
MAINTENANCE
fan from mainboard; Remove the power cord from the strap and cable hook. Use screwdriver to remove the screws; Remove the flow-guide cover.
4. Remove the flow-guide cover
5. Remove the axial flow fan
Remove the lower nuts; Remove the axial flow fan.
6. Remove the motor
Use screwdriver and spanner to remove the lower bolts; Remove the motor.
7. Replace the motor and reassemble the unit.
232
Disassembly and Assembly of electrical parts box Remark : Step 1. Remove the electric box cover Illustration Handling Instruction Use screwdriver to remove the screws; Remove the electric box cover.
2. Remove the electric box
Unplug the power cords and communication lines from the mainboard; Use screwdriver to remove the screws; Remove the electric box.
3. Assemble in reverse to the disassembly procedures.
Disassembly and Assembly of Vapour Liquid Separator Remark : Step 1. Disconnect the pipes connected to the gas-liquid separator Illustration Handling Instruction Disconnect the pipes connected to the gas-liquid separator.
2. Remove the gas-liquid separator from the chassis
. Use tool to remove the bolts fixing the gas-liquid separator Remove the gas-liquid separator from the chassis
3. Fix the new gas-liquid separator onto chassis
4. Connect the gas-liquid separator to system pipeline
Install the gas-liquid separator correctly to chassis sub-assembly. Tighten the bolts with tool. . Reweld the two pipes connected to gas-liquid separator.
4.2 Indoor unit

1 Ultrathin duct type Duct-Type Unit 2.0 kW5.0 kW Removal and Assembly of Fan Motor Remarks: Before removing the fan, make sure to cut off the power firstly. Step Illustration 1. Unplug the motor cables
Handling Instruction Cut off the power supply of indoor unit. Use screwdriver to remove the electric box cover and unplug the motor cables in electric box.
2. Remove the air intake cover board
Use screwdriver to remove the lower air intake cover board.
3. Remove the back propeller housing
Loosen the clamp between back propeller housing and front propeller housing. Remove the back propeller housing.
4. Remove the front propeller housing
Use screwdriver to loosen the screws fixing the front propeller housing. Remove the front propeller housing.
5. Loosen the fan and motor.
Use inner hexagonal spanner to loosen the screws on fan and remove the clamp fixing the motor.
6. Remove the motor
Firstly, disengage the motor from motor support and then disengage the fan from the motor. Then, remove the motor from the lower air intake frame. In which, for the motor with automatic motor support, the motor support shall be removed in advance and then changed to the unit.

7. Replace with a new motor
MAINTENANCE
236
Duct-Type Unit 5.6 kW8.0 kW

Removal and Assembly of Fan Motor Remarks: Before removing the fan, make sure to cut off the power firstly. Step Illustration 1. Unplug the motor cables Handling Instruction Cut off the power supply of indoor unit. Use screwdriver to remove the electric box cover and unplug the motor cables in electric box. Remove the filter sub-assembly from the return air frame and use screwdriver to remove the air intake cover board.
2. Remove the filter sub-assembly and return air cover board
3. Remove the screws on fan sub-assembly.
Remove the screws on fan sub-assembly.
4. Overturn the propeller housing
Rotate the propeller housing to the air intake opening according to arrow direction.
5. Loosen the fan and motor.

6.Remove the motor
MAINTENANCE
Firstly, disengage the motor from motor support. Then, sequentially disengage the fan sub-assembly form the motor shaft. Remove the motor from the return air inlet and replace with new motor. In which, for the motor with automatic motor support, the motor support shall be removed in advance and then changed to the unit. Assemble the unit in reverse to the disassembly procedures and energize it for testing.
7.Assemble the unit in reverse to the disassembly procedures
238
Duct-Type Unit9.0 kW14 kW

Operation instructions Cut off the power supply of indoor unit. Use screwdriver to remove the electric box cover and unplug the motor cables in electric box. Remove the filter sub-assembly from the air intake frame and use screwdriver to remove the air intake cover board.
Removal and Assembly of Fan Motor Remarks: Before removing the fan, make sure to cut off the power firstly. Step Pictorial view 1.Unplug the motor cables
2.Remove the filter sub-assembly and return air cover board
3.Remove the screws on fan sub-assembly.
Remove the screws on fan sub-assembly.
4.Overturn the propeller housing
Rotate the propeller housing to the air intake opening according to arrow direction.
5.Loosen the fan and motor.
6.Replace the motor
Firstly, disengage the
motor from motor support. Then, sequentially disengage the fan sub-assembly from the motor shaft. Remove the motor from the return air inlet and replace with new motor. In which, for the motor with automatic motor support, the motor support shall be removed in advance and then changed to the unit.

7.Assemble the unit in reverse to the disassembly procedures
MAINTENANCE
2 Cassette-type Unit
Step 1Loosen the screws fixing the water tray Removal and Assembly of Fan Motor Illustration Handling Instruction Use screwdriver to loosen the screws fixing the water tray
2. Remove the water tray
Remove the water tray
3Loosen the bolts fixing the fan
Use spanner to loosen the bolts fixing the fan.
4. Remove the fan
Remove the fan
5Loosen the screws fixing the motor
Use screwdriver to loosen the screws fixing the motor
240

6. Remove the motor and replace it
MAINTENANCE
Remove the motor and replace it
7Tighten the screws fixing the motor
Use screwdriver to tighten the screws fixing the motor.
8Mount the fan and tighten the fixing bolts
Mount the fan and use spanner to tighten the bolts fixing the fan.
9Mount the water tray and tighten the screws
Use screwdriver to loosen the screws fixing the water tray
241

Step 1Loosen the screws fixing the water tray emoval and Installation of Drainage Pump Illustration
Loosen these screws
MAINTENANCE
Handling Instruction Use screwdriver to loosen the screws fixing the water tray
2. Remove the water tray
Remove the water pump and replace it.
3Pull out the water outlet pipe and loosen the screws fixing the water pump.
1 Loosen these screws 2. Loosen the screws fixing the water pump
Pull out the water outlet pipe and use screwdriver to loosen the screws fixing the water pump.
4 Take out the pump and replace it
Take out the pump and replace it
5Connect the drainage pipe and tighten the screws fixing the water pump.
1 Loosen these screws
2. Loosen the screws fixing the water pump
Connect the drainage pipe and use screwdriver to tighten the screws fixing the water pump.
6Mount the water tray and tighten the screws
Loosen these screws
Use screwdriver to loosen the screws fixing the water tray
242
MAINTENANCE
3 Wall-mounted type
Removal and Assembly of Fan Motor Before removing the compressor, make sure that there is no refrigerant inside the pipe system and that the power has been cut off. Step Illustration Handling Instruction Firstly, use 1 Firstly, screwdriver to loosen remove the the screws. front panel, Unplug the motor front case terminals in the electric and electric box. Loosen the earth box screws and lift up.
2. Remove the evaporator
Screw
Firstly, use screwdriver to remove the fixing screws on the left and right side. Then, remove the evaporator.
3Remove the motor and cross flow fan
Use screwdriver to remove the screws fixing the motor clamp and remove the screws connecting the motor and cross flow fan. Then, the motor can be separated from the cross flow fan.
Screw
243
MAINTENANCE
4 Floor ceiling type_

Removal of Front Grill Sub-assembly Before removal, please make sure that the power supply has been cut off. During removal, please protect the parts properly and do not put the filter close to the source of high-temperature heat. Step Illustration Handling Instruction Before removal, please make sure that the power supply has been cut off. During removal, please protect the parts Removal of Front properly and do not Grill put the filter close to Sub-assembly the source of high-temperature heat.
Removal of Left / Right Decorative Plate Remarks: Before removal, please make sure that the power supply has been cut off. During removal, please protect the parts properly. Take special care not to scratch the surface parts Step Illustration Handling Instruction Use the screwdriver to remove the screws at the shown position. Then, push upward to remove the left and right decorative plate. (The screws as shown Removal of Left / by the arrow) Right Decorative Plate
Removal of Front Panel Sub-assembly Remarks: Use the screwdriver to remove the 8 screws at the positions shown by the arrow (Respectively 2 screws on left and right, and 4 on front). Then, remove the front panel sub-assembly. Step Illustration Handling Instruction Use the screwdriver to remove the 8 screws at the positions shown by the arrow (Respectively 2 screws on left and Removal of Front right, and 4 on front). Panel Then, remove the Sub-assembly front panel sub-assembly.
244
MAINTENANCE
Removal of Electric Box Sub-assembly Remarks: Before removal, please make sure that the power supply has been cut off. During removal, please protect the parts properly. Take special care to protect the electric elements in the box and prevent them from water or knock. Handling Step Illustration Instruction Use the screwdriver to remove the 2 screws as shown by the arrow on left. Remove the electric box cover. 1. Remove the electric box cover
2. Remove the electric box sub-assembly
Use the screwdriver to remove the 2 screws as shown by the arrow on left (respectively 2 on two sides). Then, remove the electric box sub-assembly and cables.
Removal of Guide Louver Sub-assembly Remarks: Before removal, please make sure that the power supply has been cut off. During removal, please protect the parts properly. Take special care to protect the joint of guide louver. Handling Step Illustration Instruction Firstly, remove the guide louver from the assembly position on guide louver holder. Then, remove the two ends from the position where the Removal of Guide guide lover is Louver jointed to the Sub-assembly swing motor. (The holder assembly position is as shown by the arrow and the jointing position on swing motor is as shown by the circle)
245
MAINTENANCE
Removal of Water Tray Sub-assembly Remarks: Before removal, please make sure that the power supply has been cut off. During removal, please protect the parts properly. Handling Step Illustration Instruction Use the screwdriver to remove the 4 screws as shown (respectively 2 on left and right side). Removal of Water Then, remove the Tray water tray Sub-assembly sub-assembly.
Removal of Swing Louver Holder Sub-assembly Remarks: Before removal, please make sure that the power supply has been cut off. During removal, please protect the parts properly. Take special care to protect the joint of swing louver. Step Pictorial view Operation instructions Firstly, use the screwdriver to remove the screws on the two ends of swing louver holder sub-assembly Removal of Swing (respectively 1 on Louver Holder each side). Then, Sub-assembly use your hand to remove the swing louver holder sub-assembly from the guide louver holder. Removal of Evaporator Sub-assembly Remarks: Before removal, please make sure that the power supply has been cut off. During removal, please take care to protect the copper tube and aluminum fin of evaporator. The copper tube shall be well sealed if it is to be removed for a long time. Handling Step Illustration Instruction Use the screwdriver to remove the screws as shown by the arrow. (There are totally 4 screws, respectively 2 on left and right side Removal of of the evaporator. Evaporator There are 2 Sub-assembly screws on the evaporator tube-exit clamp sub-assembly).
246
MAINTENANCE
Removal of Swing Motor Holder Sub-assembly Remarks: Before removal, please make sure that the power supply has been cut off. During removal, please protect the parts properly. Handling Step Illustration Instruction Use screwdriver to remove the screws as shown on left. Removal of Swing Motor Holder Sub-assembly
Removal of Left / Right Side Plate Foam Sub-assembly Remarks: Before removal, please make sure that the power supply has been cut off. During removal, please protect the parts properly. Take special care to prevent the foam sub-assembly from heating or knock. Handling Step Illustration Instruction Remove the left / right side plate foam sub-assembly in the direction as shown on left. Removal of Left / Right Side Plate Foam Sub-assembly
247
MAINTENANCE
Removal of Fan and Motor Sub-assembly Remarks: Before removal, please make sure that the power supply has been cut off. During removal, please protect the parts properly and take special care to store the screws fixing the fan Handling Step Illustration Instruction Use your hand to press the clamp of front and back propeller housing downward. Then, pull upward to remove the front propeller housing. After that, knock off the two screws at back propeller 1. Remove the housing. Then, front and back use your hand to propeller housing hold the clamp of back propeller housing and raise upward to remove the back propeller housing. (The clamp is shown by the arrow, and the screw is shown by the circle, totally 2 on left and right side). Use inner hexagonal spanner to loosen the screws fixing the fan. Then, remove the fan. 2. Remove the fan The inner hexagonal spanner and its application position are as shown by the arrow. Use screwdriver to remove the 4 screws on the mounting plate of 3. Remove the bearing. (As mounting plate of shown in the bearing square) Use the screwdriver to loosen the bolts as shown to remove the motor clamp and motor holder.
4. Remove motor
the
248
Removal of Left / Right Mounting Plate Remarks: Before removal, please make sure that the power supply has been cut off. During removal, please protect the parts properly. Handling Step Illustration Instruction Use the tool to remove the bolts fixing the left and right mounting plate. (The bolts Removal of Left / are as shown by Right Mounting the arrow) Plate
1-way Cassette-type Unit

Removal and Assembly of Fan Motor Step 1Remove the front panel Illustration Handling Instruction Press switch on both side of the panle. Open one side of the panel and remove the three opposite buckles. Remove the front panel.
2Remove the screw of front panel
Loosen the screw with screwdriver
3Remove the panel.
Remove panel.
the
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF 4 Loosen the screws fixing the water tray
MAINTENANCE Use screwdriver to loosen the screws fixing the water tray
5Remove the water tray and filter support
Remove the water tray and filter support
6 Loosen the fixing screw of motor cover
Loosen the fixing screw of motor cover with screwdriver
7. Remove motor cover subassembly
Remove motor cover subassembly
8. Loosen the screw fixing motor and motor shaft
Rotate the cross flow blade to make the screw upward. Loosen the screw with screwdriver.
250
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF 9. Replace the motor
MAINTENANCE Remove the motor and mount a new one
10. Mount the motor cover subassembly and tighten the screw
Mount the motor cover subassembly and tighten the fixing screw of motor cover and cross flow blade.
11 Mount water tray and filter support. Fix the screw.
Mount water tray and filter support. tighten the screw fixing water tray and filter support.
12. Mount panel subassembly and tighten the screw.
Mount panel subassembly and tighten the screw.
13. Mount panel subassembly
Mount panel subassembly and press the switch on both side of the panel.
251
MAINTENANCE
Removal and Assembly of Water Pump Step 1 Remove the panel subassembly Illustration Handling Instruction Press switch on both side of the panle. Open one side of the panel and remove the three opposite buckles. Remove the front panel.
2 Loosen the screw fixing panel subassembly and main body
Loosen the screw fixing panel subassembly and main body with screwdriver
3Take out the panel subassembly
Take out the panel subassembly
4 Loosen the screw of water tray
Loosen the screw of water tray with screwdriver
5Remove the water tray and filtering screen support
Remove the water tray and filtering screen support
252
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF 6 Loosen the fixing screw of water pump
MAINTENANCE Loosen the fixing screw of water pump with screwdriver. Pull off the drain pipe from the water pump.
7. Replace the water pump
Remove the water pump and mount a new one.
8. Connect the water pump and drain pipe. Tighten the fixing screws.
Connect the water pump and drain pipe. Tighten the fixing screws.
11. Mount the water tray and filtering screen support and tighten the screw
Mount the water tray and filtering screen support and tighten the screw.
12. Mount panel subassembly and tighten the screw.
Mount panel subassembly and tighten the screw.
253
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF 13. Mount panel subassembly
MAINTENANCE Mount panel subassembly and press the switch on both side of the panel.
254
MAINTENANCE
5 EXPLODED VIEWS AND PART LIST

5.1 Outdoor Unit_ Exploded Views and Part list of The Outdoor Unit 1) Model GMV-Rm224W/Na-M,GMV-Rm280W/Na-M Unit Exploded Views
255
MAINTENANCE
GMV-Rm224W/Na-M Parts List

NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Front Cover Plate Front Panel Left Side Plate Sub-Assy Condenser Assy Streamlined Dome Axial Flow Fan Fan Motor Rear Grille Right Side Plate Rear Cover Plate Electric Box Sub-Assy AC Contactor AC Contactor Bipolar Air Switch Anti-phase Protector Main Board Main Board Pinboard Transformer FUSIL Over Current Protector Gas by-pass valve sub-assy Electromagnetic Valve Accessary Electromagnetic Valve 4-wayValveSub-Assy Four way valve 4-way Valve Fittings Uninstall Valve Electromagnetic Valve Accessary Gas-liquid Separator Base Plate Sub-Assy Base Longitudinal Beam Compressor and fittings One-way Valve Oil Separator Compressor and fittings Cut-off Valve Cut-off Valve Description Code 01264142P 01543243P 01313256P 0112416101 26904101 10338702 15704106 01238740 01313258P 01313261P 01394436P 44010236 44010213 45020203 46020054 30229004 30226156 30276003 43110233 46010019 46020112 07334304 4304000403 43000054 04144154 43000339 4300040029 43000071 43040006 07424132 01194131P 01874137P 00204111 07130118 07228302 00204112 07130365 07130366 Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2
256

39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 Base Cross Beam Electric Expansion Valve Sub-Assy Electric expand vavle Magnet Coil for Electronic Expansion Valve Filter Electromagnetic Valve Electromagnetic Valve Sub-Assy Electromagnetic Valve Accessary FilteringSub-Assy Dry Filter Bidirection Accumulator Liquid by-pass valve sub-assy 1 Electromagnetic Valve Accessary Liquid by-pass valve sub-assy 2 Electromagnetic Valve Accessary Electric Box Cover 01874115P 07334170 07130364 4300010810 072190511 43044118 43000073 4304000408 07414125 07218769 07424114 07334305 4304000406 07334306 4304000404 01424170P
MAINTENANCE
2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
257
MAINTENANCE
GMV-Rm280W/Na-MParts List
NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Front Cover Plate Front Panel Left Side Plate Sub-Assy Condenser Assy Streamlined Dome Axial Flow Fan Fan Motor Rear Grille Right Side Plate Rear Cover Plate Electric Box Sub-Assy AC Contactor AC Contactor Bipolar Air Switch Anti-phase Protector Main Board Main Board Pinboard Transformer FUSIL Over Current Protector Gas by-pass valve sub-assy Electromagnetic Valve Accessary Electromagnetic Valve 4-wayValveSub-Assy Four way valve 4-way Valve Fittings Uninstall Valve Electromagnetic Valve Accessary Gas-liquid Separator Base Plate Sub-Assy Base Longitudinal Beam Compressor and fittings One-way Valve Oil Separator Compressor and fittings Cut-off Valve Cut-off Valve Description Code 01264142P 01543243P 01313256P 0112414901 26904101 10338702 15704106 01238740 01313258P 01313261P 01394436P 44010236 44010213 45020203 46020054 30229004 30226156 30276003 43110233 46010019 46020112 07334304 4304000403 43000054 04144154 43000339 4300040029 43000071 43040006 07424132 01194131P 01874137P 00100534 07130118 07228302 00204112 07130365 07130366 Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2
258

39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 Base Cross Beam Electric Expansion Valve Sub-Assy Electric expand vavle Magnet Coil for Electronic Expansion Valve Filter Electromagnetic Valve Electromagnetic Valve Sub-Assy Electromagnetic Valve Accessary FilteringSub-Assy Dry Filter Bidirection Accumulator Liquid by-pass valve sub-assy 1 Electromagnetic Valve Accessary Liquid by-pass valve sub-assy 2 Electromagnetic Valve Accessary Electric Box Cover 01874115P 07334170 07130364 4300010810 072190511 43044118 43000073 4304000408 07414125 07218769 07424114 07334305 4304000406 07334306 4304000404 01424170P
MAINTENANCE
2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
259
MAINTENANCE
2) Model GMV-Rm335W/Na-M
Exploded Views
260
MAINTENANCE
GMV-Rm335W/Na-M Parts List

NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Description Left Side Plate Sub-Assy Fromt Cover Plate Front Panel 1 Front Panel 2 Streamlined Dome (VPd450) (apricot-gray ) louver Supporting Longitudinal Beam Moter SWB350A Motor Mounting Rack Motor Mounting Rack Sub-Assy Rear Cover Plate Mounting Rack Sub-Assy 3 Mounting Rack Sub-Assy 1 Mounting Rack Sub-Assy 2 Supporting Cross Beam Sub-Assy Middle Vertical Pillar Right Side Plate Sub-Assy Protection Grill Nets Condenser Assy Electromagnetic Valve Assy Cut-off Valve Assy 1 Cut-off Valve Assy 3 Cut-off Valve Assy 2 Bracket Discharge Pipe Assy Gas Balance Pipe Compressor and fittings ZPD72KCE-TFD-433 Oil Balance Tube Sub-Assy Compressor and fittings ZP83KCE-TFD-420 Welding Part of Mounting Beam for Compressor Bidirection Accumulator Gas-liquid Separator Oil Separator Support Oil Separator Assy Capillary Sub-Assy Front Panel Holder Electric Box Sub-Assy (Right) Fuse Base Sub-Assy Fuse sleeve(big) Code 01314143P 01264158P 01544116P 01544117P 26904112 10358202 01874134P 15704105 01324179P 01324177P 01264159P 01324175P 01324171P 01324173P 01894136P 01854107P 01314138P 01574102 0112413701 43044105 07334182 07334183 07334166 01804166P 04634196 06114135 00100534 06114136 00204113 01874616 07424114 07228768 01894116P 07424120 04104128 01894135P 01394575 46010052 42030018 Qty 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2
261

40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 FUSIL T3.15AL/250V(Large Capsulation) Bipolar Air Switch C45N.6A QF1/C65N Over Current Protector UO-10-16A/16A Anti-phase Protector EWS Main Board WZ6535N 46010019 45020203 46020103 46020054 30226156 44010213 46020112 43110237 01394499 30276003 30228002 43130016 44010245 49018761 401101112 01424187P 01424186P 04324475 04654227 04654226 06618733 05024795 07414113 07334273 05024796 07334203 01194129P 01284141 04144153 04324421 04324422 07334272 06114138
MAINTENANCE
2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
AC Contactor LC1D2501M7C Over Current Protector HD-13.2-22/UO-10-13 Transformer 57X25C Electric Box Cover (Right) Pinboard WZ6515AJ Main Board WZS801
Wave Filter FN2090-16-06 AC Contactor CJX9B-25S/D Heat Sink Wiring( Communication) Electric Box Cover 2 Electric Box Cover 1 Outlet Pipe ( Oil Tank) Suction Pipe(Constant Volume Compressor) Suction Pipe(Digital Compressor) Current Divider(Three-way)(Three-way 28/22) Connection Pipe FilteringSub-Assy Liquid by-pass valve sub-assy 2 Connection Pipe Assy 2 Electric Expansion Valve Sub-Assy Base Plate Sub-Assy Base Plate Assy 4-wayValveSub-Assy Uninstall Valve inlet pipe Uninstall Valve outlet pipe Liquid by-pass valve sub-assy 1 Oil Balance Pipe Sub-Assy Assy 1
262
MAINTENANCE
4)
GMV-Rm400W/Na-M Exploded Views
263
MAINTENANCE
NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Description Left Side Plate Sub-Assy Front Cover Plate Front Panel 1 Front Panel 2 Streamlined Dome (VPd450)(apricot-gray) Louver Supporting Longitudinal Beam Motor SWB350A Motor Mounting Rack Motor Mounting Rack Sub-Assy Rear Cover Plate Mounting Rack Sub-Assy3 Mounting Rack Sub-Assy 1 Mounting Rack Sub-Assy 2 Supporting Cross Beam Sub-Assy Middle Vertical Pillar Right Side Plate Sub-Assy Protection Grill Nets Condenser Assy Electromagnetic Valve Assy FilteringSub-Assy Support Cut-off Valve Assy 1 Cut-off Valve Assy 3 Cut-off Valve Assy 2 Gas Balance Pipe Sub-Assy Oil Balance Pipe Sub-Assy Bidirection Accumulator Compressor and fittingsZPD61KCE-TFD-433 Compressor and fittings ZP61KCE-TFD-420 Compressor and fittings ZP72KCE-TFD-420 Suction Pipe Sub-Assy Gas-liquid Separator Mounting Beam Sub-Assy Front Panel Holder Electric Box Accessary (left) Fuse Base Sub-Assy Fuse sleeve(big) FUSIL T3.15AL/250V Part Code 01314143P 01264158P 01544116P 01544117P 26904112 10358202 01874134P 15704105 01324179P 01324177P 01264159P 01324175P 01324171P 01324173P 01894136P 01854107P 01314138P 01574102 01124137 07334245 0741410901 01804179 07334182 07334183 07334166 06114130 06114132 07228812 00204111 00204112 00204110 04674145 07224477 01874107P 01894135P 01394499 46010052 42030018 46010019 Qty 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 3 3 3
264

40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 Bipolar Air Switch C45N.6A QF1/C65N Over Current Protector UO-10-16A/16A Anti-phase Protector EWS Main Board WZ6535N AC Contactor LC1D2501M7C Over Current Protector HD-13.2-22/UO-10-13 Transformer 57X25C Electric Box Accessary (right) Pinboard WZ6515AJ Main Board WZS801 Wave Filter FN2090-16-06 AC Contactor CJX9B-25S/D Heat Sink Wiring(Communication) Electric Box Cover 2 Electric Box Cover 1 U-SHAPED CONNECTIPN PIPE Liquid by-pass valve sub-assy 3 L-shaped Pipe Connection Pipe 2(Uninstall Valve) Electric Expansion Valve Sub-Assy Connection Pipe Oil Balance Pipe Sub-Assy Connection Pipe Assy 1 U-shaped Connectipn Pipe Base Plate Sub-Assy Base Plate Assy 4-wayValveSub-Assy Liquid by-pass valve sub-assy 2 Liquid by-pass valve sub-assy 1 Oil Separator Assy Oil Separator Support Capillary Sub-Assy Discharge Pipe Assy1 45020203 46020103 46020054 30226156 44010213 46020112 43110237 01394573 30276003 30228002 43130016 44010245 49018761 401101112 01424187P 01424186P 05020152 07334243 05020943 05024225 07334244 05024760 06114132 05024759 05020944 01194125P 01284141 0414415101 07334242 07334241 07424126 01894116P 04104137 04634186
MAINTENANCE
1 1 1 1 3 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 1
265
MAINTENANCE
5)
GMV-Rm450W/Na-M GMV-Rm504W/Na-M Exploded Views
266
MAINTENANCE
NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Description Left Side Plate Sub-Assy Front Cover Plate Front Panel 1 Front Panel 2 Streamlined Dome (VPd450)(apricot-gray) Louver Supporting Longitudinal Beam Motor SWB350A Motor Mounting Rack Motor Mounting Rack Sub-Assy Rear Cover Plate Mounting Rack Sub-Assy 3 Mounting Rack Sub-Assy 1 Mounting Rack Sub-Assy 2 Supporting Cross Beam Sub-Assy Middle Vertical Pillar Right Side Plate Sub-Assy Protection Grill Nets Condenser Assy Electromagnetic Valve Assy FilteringSub-Assy Support Cut-off Valve Assy 1 Cut-off Valve Assy 3 Cut-off Valve Assy 2 Gas Balance Pipe Sub-Assy Oil Balance Pipe Sub-Assy Bidirection Accumulator Compressor and fittingsZPD61KCE-TFD-433 Compressor and fittings ZP61KCE-TFD-420 Compressor and fittings ZP72KCE-TFD-420 Suction Pipe Sub-Assy Gas-liquid Separator Mounting Beam Sub-Assy Front Panel Holder Electric Box Accessary (left) Fuse Base Sub-Assy Fuse sleeve(big) FUSIL T3.15AL/250V Part Code 01314143P 01264158P 01544116P 01544117P 26904112 10358202 01874134P 15704105 01324179P 01324177P 01264159P 01324175P 01324171P 01324173P 01894136P 01854107P 01314138P 01574102 01124135 07334245 0741410901 01804179 07334182 07334183 07334166 06114130 06114132 07228812 00100532 00100532 00100534 04674145 07224477 01874107P 01894135P 01394499 46010052 42030018 46010019 Qty 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 3 3 3
267

40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 Bipolar Air Switch C45N.6A QF1/C65N Over Current Protector UO-10-16A/16A Anti-phase Protector EWS Main Board WZ6535N AC Contactor LC1D2501M7C Over Current Protector HD-13.2-22/UO-10-13 Transformer 57X25C Electric Box Accessary (right) Pinboard WZ6515AJ Main Board WZS801 Wave Filter FN2090-16-06 AC Contactor CJX9B-25S/D Heat Sink Wiring (Communication) Electric Box Cover 2 Electric Box Cover 1 U-SHAPED CONNECTIPN PIPE Liquid by-pass valve sub-assy 3 L-shaped Pipe connection pipe2(Uninstall Valve) Electric Expansion Valve Sub-Assy connection pipe Oil Balance Pipe Sub-Assy Connection Pipe Assy 1 U-SHAPED CONNECTIPN PIPE Base Plate Sub-Assy Base Plate Assy 4-wayValveSub-Assy Liquid by-pass valve sub-assy 2 Liquid by-pass valve sub-assy 1 Oil Separator Assy Oil Separator Support Capillary Sub-Assy Discharge Pipe Assy1 45020203 46020103 46020054 30226156 44010213 46020112 43110237 01394573 30276003 30228002 43130016 44010245 49018761 401101112 01424187P 01424186P 05020152 07334243 05020943 05024225 07334244 05024800 06114132 05024596 05020944 01194125P 01284141 04144151 07334242 07334241 07424126 01894116P 04104137 04634186
MAINTENANCE
1 1 1 1 3 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 1
268
MAINTENANCE
NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Description Left Side Plate Sub-Assy Front Cover Plate Front Panel 1 Front Panel 2 Streamlined Dome (VPd450)(apricot-gray) Louver Supporting Longitudinal Beam Motor SWB350A Motor Mounting Rack Motor Mounting Rack Sub-Assy Rear Cover Plate Mounting Rack Sub-Assy 3 Mounting Rack Sub-Assy 1 Mounting Rack Sub-Assy 2 Supporting Cross Beam Sub-Assy Middle Vertical Pillar Right Side Plate Sub-Assy Protection Grill Nets Condenser Assy Electromagnetic Valve Assy FilteringSub-Assy Support Cut-off Valve Assy 1 Cut-off Valve Assy 3 Cut-off Valve Assy 2 Gas Balance Pipe Sub-Assy Oil Balance Pipe Sub-Assy Bidirection Accumulator Compressor and fittingsZPD61KCE-TFD-433 Compressor and fittings ZP61KCE-TFD-420 Compressor and fittings ZP72KCE-TFD-420 Suction Pipe Sub-Assy Gas-liquid Separator Mounting Beam Sub-Assy Front Panel Holder Electric Box Accessary (left) Fuse Base Sub-Assy Fuse sleeve(big) FUSIL T3.15AL/250V Part Code 01314143P 01264158P 01544116P 01544117P 26904112 10358202 01874134P 15704105 01324179P 01324177P 01264159P 01324175P 01324171P 01324173P 01894136P 01854107P 01314138P 01574102 01124135 07334245 07414109 01804179 07334259 07334183 07334166 06114130 06114132 07228812 00100534 00204110 00204113 04674145 07224477 01874107P 01894135P 01394499 46010052 42030018 46010019 Qty 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 3 3 3
269

40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 Bipolar Air Switch C45N.6A QF1/C65N Over Current Protector UO-10-16A/16A Anti-phase Protector EWS Main Board WZ6535N AC Contactor LC1D2501M7C Over Current Protector HD-13.2-22/UO-10-13 Transformer 57X25C Electric Box Accessary (right) Pinboard WZ6515AJ Main Board WZS801 Wave Filter FN2090-16-06 AC Contactor CJX9B-25S/D Heat Sink Wiring(Communication) Electric Box Cover 2 Electric Box Cover 1 U-SHAPED CONNECTIPN PIPE Liquid by-pass valve sub-assy 3 L-shaped Pipe connection pipe2(Uninstall Valve) Electric Expansion Valve Sub-Assy connection pipe Oil Balance Pipe Sub-Assy Connection Pipe Assy 1 U-SHAPED CONNECTIPN PIPE Base Plate Sub-Assy Base Plate Assy 4-wayValveSub-Assy Liquid by-pass valve sub-assy 2 Liquid by-pass valve sub-assy 1 Oil Separator Assy Oil Separator Support Capillary Sub-Assy Discharge Pipe Assy1 45020203 46020103 46020054 30226156 44010213 46020112 43110237 01394579 30276003 30228002 43130016 44010245 49018761 401101112 01424187P 01424186P 05020152 07334243 05020943 05024225 07334244 05024800 06114132 05024596 05020944 01194125P 01284141 04144151 07334242 07334241 07424126 01894116P 04104137 04634186
MAINTENANCE
1 1 1 1 3 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 1
270
MAINTENANCE
5.2 Indoor Unit_Exploded Views and Parts List 5.2 .1 4-way Cassette Type UnitExploded Views and Parts List
1 GMV(L)-R28T/Na-K GMV(L)-R36T/Na-K GMV(L)-R45T/Na-K GMV(L)-R50T/Na-K GMV(L)-R56T/Na-K GMV(L)-R71T/Na-KExploded Views and Parts List
271

GMV-R28T/Na-K GMV-R36T/Na-K Part Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 Tube Exit Plate Body Fixed Plate Front Side Plate Left Side Plate Base Plate Rear Side Plate Bottom Foam Motor Gasket Bolt Motor Fixer Fan Motor Centrifugal Fan Evaporator Connection Cable-cross Loop shunt Water Tray Screw Electric Box Base Plate Flow Guide Loop Electric Box Wire Clamp Terminal Board Transformer Electric Box Cover I Electric Box Cover II Main Board Capacitor Rubber plug Evaporator Evaporator Support Nut with Washer M6 Bolt subassembly Pipe Pump PJV-1415 Pump Gasket Pump Support Water Level Switch Drainage Pipe Pump Right Side Plate Cable-cross Loop Pump Cover Bolt Electronic Expansive Valve T360B 01382710 01332701 01302717 01302740 01222702 01302719 52012716 76712711 70212701 01702701 15704901 10312721 01072004 76513101 072287842 12412701 70140032 01412721 10372701 20102701 71010102 42011222 43110233 20102702 20102703 30226316 33010010 76712701 01038778 01072003 70310012 70210051 43130324 76712702 01332001 45010201 05232721 01302710 76512702 01252710 70212701 0713411201 Qty 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1
MAINTENANCE
GMVL-R28T/Na-K GMVL-R36T/Na-K Part Code 01382710 01332701 01302717 01302740 01222702 01302719 52012716 76712711 70212701 01702701 15704901 10312721 01072004 76513101 072287842 12412701 70140032 01412721 10372701 20102701 71010102 42011222 43110233 20102702 20102703 30226316 33010010 76712701 01038778 01072003 70310012 70210051 43130324 76712702 01332001 45010201 05232721 01302710 76512702 01252710 70212701 0713411201 Qty 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1
NO.
Description
272

GMV-R45T/Na-K GMV-R50T/Na-K Part Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 Tube Exit Plate Body Fixed Plate Front Side Plate Left Side Plate Base Plate Rear Side Plate Bottom Foam Motor Gasket Bolt Motor Fixer Fan Motor Centrifugal Fan Evaporator Connection Cable-cross Loop shunt Water Tray Screw Electric Box Base Plate Flow Guide Loop Electric Box Wire Clamp Terminal Board Transformer Electric Box Cover I Electric Box Cover II Main Board Capacitor Rubber plug Evaporator Evaporator Support Nut with Washer M6 Bolt subassembly Pipe Pump PJV-1415 Pump Gasket Pump Support Water Level Switch Drainage Pipe Pump Right Side Plate Cable-cross Loop Pump Cover Bolt Electronic Expansive Valve T360B 01382710 01332701 01302717 01302740 01222702 01302719 52012716 76712711 70212701 01702701 15704901 10312721 01072004 76513101 07228807 12412701 70140032 01412721 10372701 20102701 71010102 42011222 43110233 20102702 20102703 30226316 33010010 76712701 01038778 01072003 70310012 70210051 43130324 76712702 01332001 45010201 05232721 01302710 76512702 01252710 70212701 0713411201 Qty 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1
MAINTENANCE
GMVL-R45T/Na-K GMVL-R50T/Na-K Part Code 01382710 01332701 01302717 01302740 01222702 01302719 52012716 76712711 70212701 01702701 15704901 10312721 01072004 76513101 07228807 12412701 70140032 01412721 10372701 20102701 71010102 42011222 43110233 20102702 20102703 30226316 33010010 76712701 01038778 01072003 70310012 70210051 43130324 76712702 01332001 45010201 05232721 01302710 76512702 01252710 70212701 0713411201 Qty 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1
NO.
Description
273
MAINTENANCE
NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
Description Tube Exit Plate Body Fixed Plate Front Side Plate Left Side Plate Base Plate Rear Side Plate Bottom Foam Motor Gasket Bolt Motor Fixer Fan Motor Centrifugal Fan Evaporator Connection Cable-cross Loop shunt Water Tray Screw Electric Box Base Plate Flow Guide Loop Electric Box Wire Clamp Terminal Board Transformer Electric Box Cover I Electric Box Cover II Main Board Capacitor Rubber plug Evaporator Evaporator Support Nut with Washer M6 Bolt subassembly Pipe Pump PJV-1415 Pump Gasket Pump Support Water Level Switch Drainage Pipe Pump Right Side Plate Cable-cross Loop Pump Cover Bolt Electronic Expansive Valve T360B
GMV-R56/71T/Na-K Part Code 01382711 01332701 01302718 01302715 01222702 01302714 52012711 76712711 70212701 01702701 15704102 10312705 01072710 76513101 07228806 12412701 70140032 01412721 10372701 20102701 71010102 42011222 43110233 20102702 20102703 30226316 33010010 76712701 01004641 01072715 70310012 70210051 43130324 76712702 01332001 45010201 05232721 01302716 76512702 01252711 70212701 0713411401 Qty 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1
GMVL-R56/71T/Na-K Part Code 01382711 01332701 01302718 01302715 01222702 01302714 52012711 76712711 70212701 01702701 15704102 10312705 01072710 76513101 07228806 12412701 70140032 01412721 10372701 20102701 71010102 42011222 43110233 20102702 20102703 30226316 33010010 76712701 01004641 01072715 70310012 70210051 43130324 76712702 01332001 45010201 05232721 01302716 76512702 01252711 70212701 0713411401 Qty 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1
274
MAINTENANCE
2 GMV(L)-R90T/Na-K GMV(L)-R112T/Na-K GMV(L)-R125T/Na-KGMV(L)-R140T/Na-K Exploded Views and Parts List
275

NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 Description Tube Exit Plate Body Fixed Plate Front Side Plate Left Side Plate Base Plate Rear Side Plate Bottom Foam Motor Gasket Bolt Motor Fixer Fan Motor Centrifugal Fan Evaporator Connection Cable-cross Loop shunt Electronic Expansive Valve Water Tray Screw Electric Box Base Plate Flow Guide Loop Electric Box Wire Clamp Terminal Board Transformer Electric Box Cover I Electric Box Cover II Main Board Capacitor Rubber plug Evaporator Evaporator Support Nut with Washer M6 Bolt subassembly Pipe Pump PJV-1415 Pump Gasket Pump Support Water Level Switch Drainage Pipe Pump Right Side Plate Cable-cross Loop Pump Cover Bolt T360B GMV-R90/112/125/140/Na-K Part Code 01382711 01332701 01302713 `01302711 01222702 01302709 52012717 76712711 70212701 01702701 15704103 10310101 01072733 76512702 07228804 07334102 12412701 70140032 01412721 10372701 20102701 71010102 42011142 43110233 20102702 20102703 30226316 33010012 76712701 01004640 01072708 70310012 70210051 43130324 76712702 01332001 45010201 05232721 01302716 76512702 01252711 70212701 Qty 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3
MAINTENANCE
GMVL-R90/112/125/140/Na-K Part Code 01382711 01332701 01302713 `01302711 01222702 01302709 52012717 76712711 70212701 01702701 15704103 10310101 01072733 76512702 07228804 07334102 12412701 70140032 01412721 10372701 20102701 71010102 42011142 43110233 20102702 20102703 30226316 33010012 76712701 01004640 01072708 70310012 70210051 43130324 76712702 01332001 45010201 05232721 01302716 76512702 01252711 70212701 Qty 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3
276
MAINTENANCE
3GMV-R22T/NaA-KGMVL-R22T/NaA KGMV-R28T/NaA-KGMVL-R28T/NaA -Kexploded views
No 1 Display Board
Product Code
GMV-R22T/NaA-KGMVL-R22T/NaA K GMV-R28T/NaA-KGMVL-R28T/NaA -K 1 30296309 1 30296308 277
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 Water Tray Water Tray Foam for Fresh Air Intaking Water Tray Foam Fan Fixer Centifugal Fan Motor FN11T-1 Evap Support Evaporator Assy Motor Support Motor Gasket Water Tray support Front Side Plate Body Fixer Right Side Plate Tube-exit plate Cable-cross Loop Noise Elimination Box Electronic Expansion Valve Expansion Valve Winding Wire Clamp Electric Box Assy Terminal Board Transformer Capacitor CBB61 2.5uF/450VAC Main PCB Z6G25C Electric Box Cover Base Plate Cord Baffle Plate Connecting Wire Left Baffle Plate Evap Connection Water Level Switch Support Right Baffle Plate Water Level Switch Pump Gasket 1 Pump Gasket 2 Pump Drainage Pump Support Water Pump PSB-7 Wire Clamp 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
MAINTENANCE 20182703 12312702 12312703 76712709 10312702 15704114 01844136 01024194 01702702 76712705 01332706 01302741 01332705 01302743 01382719 76515202 07444103 07334282 4304000101 71010103 01394806 01394938 42011106 43110226 33010026 30226199 30226198 01424238 01222712 01362701 40010232 01362703 01072713 24212705 01362702 450127011 76712707 76712708 05232722 1332707 43130320 71010105 278
MAINTENANCE
(4)GMV-R36T/NaA -KGMVL-R36T/NaA -KGMV-R45T/NaA -KGMVL-R45T/NaA -Kexploded views
NO 1 Display Board
Product Code
GMV-R36T/NaA -KGMVL-R36T/NaA -K GMV-R45T/NaA -KGMVL-R45T/NaA -K 1 1 30296309 30296308 279
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 Water Tray Water Tray Foam for Fresh Air Intaking Water Tray Foam Fan Fixer Centifugal Fan Motor FN11T-1 Evap Support Evaporator Assy Motor Support Motor Gasket Water Tray support Front Side Plate Body Fixer Right Side Plate Tube-exit plate Cable-cross Loop Noise Elimination Box Electronic Expansion Valve Expansion Valve Winding Wire Clamp Electric Box Assy Terminal Board Transformer Capacitor CBB61 2.5uF/450VAC Main PCB Z6G25C Electric Box Cover Base Plate Cord Baffle Plate Connecting Wire Left Baffle Plate Evap Connection Water Level Switch Support Right Baffle Plate Water Level Switch Pump Gasket 1 Pump Gasket 2 Pump Drainage Pump Support Water Pump PSB-7 Wire Clamp 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
MAINTENANCE 20182703 12312702 12312703 76712709 10312702 15704114 01072714 01029608 01702702 76712705 01332706 01302741 01332705 01302743 01382719 76515202 07444103 07334282 4304000101 71010102 01394806 01394938 42011106 43110226 33010026 30226199 30226198 01424238 01222712 01362701 40010232 01362703 01072713 24212705 01362702 45012701 76712707 76712708 05232722 1332707 43130320 71010105 280
MAINTENANCE
5 1-way cassette Type Unit
1 GMV(L)-R22Td/Na-K No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Part Name Front Panel AssyMT01 Water Tray Assy Water Lead Panel Evaporator Assy Left Side Plate Assy Cross Flow Fan Base Plate Assy Right Side Plate Assy Rear Case assy Fan Motor Electric Box Assy Main Board Electric Box Cover Plate Terminal Board Cover Drainage Pump Electronic Expansion Valve Supporter Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Code GMV-R22Td/Na-K TL1000120 12412702 24212708 01024103 01302729 10352701 01222714 01302746 22202702 1570410401 01404655 30226034 01412725 222427221 43132701 07334129 01792703 GMVL-R22Td/Na-K TL1000120 12412702 24212708 01024103 01302729 10352701 01222714 01302746 22202702 1570410401 01404697 30226033 01412725 222427221 43132701 07334129 01792703
281

(2) GMV(L)-R28Td/Na-KGMV(L)-R36Td/Na-K Code GMV-R28Td/Na-K GMV-R36Td/Na-K TL1000120 12412702 24212708 01024104 01302729 10352701 01222714 01302746 22202702 1570410401 01404655 30226034 01412725 222427221 43132701 07334129 01792703
MAINTENANCE
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Part Name Front Panel AssyMT01 Water Tray Assy Water Lead Panel Evaporator Assy Left Side Plate Assy Cross Flow Fan Base Plate Assy Right Side Plate Assy Rear Case assy Fan Motor Electric Box Assy Main Board Electric Box Cover Plate Terminal Board Cover Drainage Pump Electronic Expansion Valve Supporter
Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
GMVL-R28Td/Na-K GMVL-R36Td/Na-K TL1000120 12412702 24212708 01024104 01302729 10352701 01222714 01302746 22202702 1570410401 01404697 30226033 01412725 222427221 43132701 07334129 01792703
282
MAINTENANCE
5.2 .2
Duct Type Unit Exploded Views and Parts List
1GMV(L)-R22P/Na-KGMV(L)-R25P/Na-KGMV(L)-R28P/Na-KGMV(L)-R32P/Na-K GMV(L)-R36P/Na-KExploded Views and Parts List
283
MAINTENANCE
GMV(L)-R28P/Na-K GMV(L)-R32P/Na-K GMV(L)-R36P/Na-K Part Code 01259052 02112446 01499051 01499053 01394605 01308788 01078774 03338810 04674609 01038786 01339095 10319051 01499055 15019522 10319051 01259086 01259056 01279051 01309055 02112446 01079056 01498783 Qty 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Description Top Cover Sub-assy Hook Seal of Left Side Plate Sub-assy Seal of Connection Pipe Sub-assy Electric Box Assy Left Side Plate Sub-assy Left Support of Evaporator Liquid-entered Pipe Sub-assy Collect Gas Pipe Sub-assy Evaporator Sub-assy Fan Fixed Plate Sub-assy Centrifugal fan Air intake side-board Sub-assy Motor Centrifugal fan Bottom Cover Cover of Air-in Water Tray Assy Right Side Plate Sub-assy Hook Left Support of Evaporator Air intake side-board Sub-assy
GMV(L)-R22P/Na-K GMV(L)-R25P/Na-K Part Code 01259052 02112446 01499051 01499053 01408739 01308788 01078774 03334601 01305018 01038785 01339095 10319051 01499055 15019053 10319051 01259086 01259056 01279051 01309055 02112446 01079056 01498783 Qty 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
284
MAINTENANCE
2GMV(L)-R40P/Na-KGMV(L)-R45P/Na-KGMV(L)-R50P/Na-KExploded Views and Parts List
285
MAINTENANCE
NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Description Top Cover Sub-assy Hook Seal of Connection Pipe 2 Seal of Connection Pipe 1 Electric Box Assy Left Side Plate Sub-assy Left Support of Evaporator Liquid-entered Pipe Sub-assy Collect Gas Pipe Sub-assy Evaporator Sub-assy Fan Fixed Plate Sub-assy Centrifugal fan Air intake Sub-assy Motor FG70B Centrifugal fan Bottom Cover Cover of Air-in Water Tray Sub-assy Right Side Plate Sub-assy Hook Left Support of Evaporator Air intake Sub-assy
GMV(L)-R40P/Na-KGMV(L)-R45P/Na-K GMV(L)-R50P/Na-K Part Code 01259064 02112446 01498644 01498604 01404688 01308668 01078629 04324601 04674601 01038623 01339058 10319051 01499061 15018322 10319051 01258649 01258650 01278633 01308670 02112446 01078625 01498641 Qty 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
286
MAINTENANCE
3GMV(L)-R56P/Na-KGMV(L)-R63P/Na-KGMV(L)-R71P/Na-KGMV(L)-R80P/Na-KExploded Views and Parts List
287
MAINTENANCE
NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Top Cover Sub-assy Hook
Description
GMV(L)-R56P/Na-KGMV(L)-R63P/Na-K GMV(L)-R71P/Na-KGMV(L)-R80P/Na-K Part Code 01258652 02118504 01308680 01498610 01394609 01308676 01078603 04324603 04674602 01054601 01338631 15018603 01499074 15018612 15018604 01258612 01258614 01278612 01308677 02118504 01078604 01498612 Qty 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
Left Side Seal-hole Plate Sub-assy Seal of Connection Pipe Electric Box Assy Left Side Plate Sub-assy Left Support of Evaporator Liquid-entered Pipe Sub-assy Collect Gas Pipe Sub-assy Evaporator Sub-assy Fan Fixed Plate Sub-assy Fan Motor (Left)SYP-200/190J-1 Air intake side-board Sub-assy Motor FG150B Fan motor (Right)SYP-200/190J-1 Bottom Cover Cover of Air-in Water Tray Assy Right Side Plate Sub-assy Hook Left Support of Evaporator Air intake Sub-assy
288
MAINTENANCE
4GMV(L)-R90P/Na-KGMV(L)-R100P/Na-KGMV(L)-R112P/Na-KGMV(L)-R125P/Na-K GMV(L)-R140P/Na-KExploded Views and Parts List
289
MAINTENANCE
NO.
Description
GMV(L)-R90P/Na-KGMV(L)-R100P/Na-K GMV(L)-R112P/Na-KGMV(L)-R125P/Na-K GMV(L)-R140P/Na-K Part Code Qty 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 01258606 02118504 01308673 01498601 01394602 01308676 01078603 03338802 04674608 01038624 01338630 15018613 15018603 01499066 15018612 15018604 01258603 01258602 01278603 01308677 02118504 01078604 01498608
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Top Cover Sub-assy Hook Left Side Seal-hole Plate Sub-assy Seal of Connection Pipe Electric Box Assy Left Side Plate Sub-assy Left Support of Evaporator Liquid-entered Pipe Sub-assy Collect Gas Pipe Sub-assy Evaporator Sub-assy Fan Fixed Plate Sub-assy Motor FG75B Fan Motor (Left)SYP-200/190J-1 Air intake side-board Sub-assy Motor FG150B Fan motor (Right)SYP-200/190J-1 Bottom Cover Assy Cover of Air-in Water Tray Assy Right Side Plate Sub-assy Hook Left Support of Evaporator Air intake Sub-assy
290
5GMVL-R22P/NaB-K, GMVL-R22PS/NaB-K, GMVL-R28P/NaB-K, GMVL-R28PS/NaB-K, GMV L-R36P/NaB-K, GMVL-R36PS/NaB-K, GMVL-R45P/NaB-K, GMVL-R45PS/NaB-K, GMVL -R56P/NaB-K, GMVL-R56PS/NaB-K, GMVL-R71P/NaB-K, GMVL-R71PS/NaB-K
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF List of components No Name Material Code

01494118 01094122 01024231 01024232 43040001 01094121 01314172 01494115 01494132 02112446 01424319 01264176 01314175 0170905801 1570520103 1570520201 150024011
MAINTENANCE
Qty GMVL-R22P/NaB-K GMVL-R28P/NaB-K GMVL-R36P/NaB-K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1
1 Side Plate of Air outlet 2 Left Support of Evaporator 3 Evaporator Assy 4 Electric expand valve fitting 5 Right Support of Evaporator 6 Left Side Plate Sub-assy 7 Seal of left side Plate Sub-assy 8 Seal of Connection Pipe Sub-assy 9 Hook 10 Electric Box Cover 11 Top Cover Board Assy 12 Right Side Plate Sub-assy 13 Motor Support 14 Fan Motor 15 Motor Sub-assy
16 Border Plate Assy of Air Return End 02225234 17 Filter 18 Electric Box 19 Lower Cover Plate Sub-assy 20 Fan motor mounting Plate Sub-assy 21 Water Pump Assy 22 Terminal Border 23 Capacitor 24 Transformer 25 Main Bord 26 Connecting Wire 27 Display Bord 28 Sensor sub-assy
11725202 01394991 01264178 01324341 15404117 42011106 33010027 43110237 30226167 4001039509 30296013 39008026
292
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF No Name Material Code

01494118 01094122 01024231 01024230 01024232 43040001 01094121 01314172 01494115 01494116 02112446 01424319 01264176 01314175 0170905801 1570520103 1570520201 150024011
MAINTENANCE Qty GMVL-R22PS/NaB-K GMVL-R28PS/NaB-K GMVL-R36PS/NaB-K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1
11725202 01394994 01264178 01324341 15404117 42011106 33010027 43110237 30226221 4001039509 30296013 39008026
293
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF No Name Material Code

01494118 01094122 01024231 01024232 43040001 01094121 01314172 01494115 01494132 02112446 01424319 01264176 01314175 0170905801 1570520103 1570520201 150024011
MAINTENANCE Qty GMV-R22P/NaB-K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 GMV-R28P/NaB-K 1 1 GMV-R36P/NaB-K 1 1
11725202 01394978 01264178 01324341 15404117 42011106 33010027 43110237 30226168 4001039509 30296014 39008026
294
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Name Side Plate of Air outlet Left Support of Evaporator Evaporator Assy Electric expand valve fitting Right Support of Evaporator Left Side Plate Sub-assy Seal of left side Plate Sub-assy Seal of left Connection Pipe Sub-assy Hook Material Code
01494118 01094122 01024231 01024230 01024232 43040001 01094121 01314172 01494115 01494116 02112446 01424319 01264176 01314175 0170905801 1570520103 1570520201 150024011 02225234 11725202 01394977 01264178 01324341 15404117 42011106 33010027 43110237 30226222 4001039509 30296014 39008026
MAINTENANCE Qty GMV-R22PS/NaB-K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 GMV-R28PS/NaB-K 1 1 GMV-R36PS/NaB-K 1 1
10 Electric Box Cover 11 12 Top Cover Board Assy Right Side Plate Sub -assy
13 Motor Support 14 Fan Motor 15 Motor Sub-assy 16 Border Plate Assy of Air Return End
17 Filter 18 Electric Box 19 Lower Cover Plate Sub-assy 20 Fan motor mounting Plate Sub-assy
21 Water Pump Assy 22 Terminal Border 23 Capacitor 24 Transformer 25 Main Bord 26 Connecting Wire 27 Display Bord 28 Sensor sub-assy
295
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Name Side Plate of Air outlet Left Support of Evaporator Evaporator Sub-assy Electric expand valve fitting Right Support of Evaporator Left Side Plate Sub-assy Seal of left side Plate Sub-assy Seal of Connection Pipe Sub-assy Hook Electric Box Cover Top Cover Board Assy Right Side Plate Sub-assy Motor Support Fan Motor Motor Sub-assy Border Plate Assy of Air Return End Filter Electric Box Lower Cover Plate Sub-assy Fan motor mounting Plate Sub-assy Water Pump Assy Terminal Border Capacitor Transformer Main Bord Connecting Wire Display Bord Sensor sub-assy Material Code
01498641 01805280 01024211 43040001 01078625 01314230 01494128 01498640 02112466 01425249 01259064 01308670 01709056 1501832202 15002401 02225234 11725202 01394739 01265296 01339058 15404121 42011106 33010010 43110237 30226221 30226167 4001039509 30296013 39004167
MAINTENANCE Qty GMVL-R45PS/NaB-K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 GMVL-R45P/NaB-K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1
296
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Name Side Plate of Air outlet Left Support of Evaporator Evaporator Assy Electric expand valve fitting Right Support of Evaporator Left Side Plate Sub-assy Seal of left side Plate Sub-assy Seal of Connection Pipe Sub-assy Hook Material Code
01498641 01805280 01024211 43040001 01078625 01314230 01494128 01498640 02112466 01425249 01259064 01308670 01709056 1501832202 15002401 02225234 11725202 01394739 01265296 01339058 15404121 42011106 33010010 43110237 30226222 30226168 4001039509 30296013 39004167
MAINTENANCE Qty GMV-R45PS/NaB-K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 GMV-R45P/NaB-K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1
10 Electric Box Cover 11 Top Cover Board Assy 12 Right Side Plate Sub-assy 13 Motor Support 14 Fan Motor 15 Motor Sub-assy 16 Border Plate Assy of Air Return End 17 Filter 18 Electric Box 19 Lower Cover Plate Sub-assy 20 Fan motor mounting Plate Sub-assy 21 Water Pump Assy 22 Terminal Border 23 Capacitor 24 Transformer 25 Main Bord 26 Connecting Wire 27 Display Bord 28 Sensor sub-assy
297
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Name Side Plate of Air outlet Left Support of Evaporator Evaporator Assy Electric expand valve fitting Right Support of Evaporator Left Side Plate Sub-assy Seal of left side Plate Sub-assy Seal of left Connection Pipe Sub-assy Hook Electric Box Cover Top Cover Board Assy Right Side Plate Sub-assy Motor Support Fan Motor Motor Sub-assy Border Plate Assy of Air Return End Filter Electric Box Lower Cover Plate Sub-assy Fan motor mounting Plate Sub-assy Water Pump Assy Terminal Border Capacitor Transformer Main Bord Connecting Wire Display Bord Sensor sub-assy Material Code
01499074 01078603 01024221 43040001 01078604 01315255 01308680 01498610 02112466 01425249 01258651 01308679 01708502 1570521101 15018603 15018604 01499074 11129066 01394962 01258612 01338632 15404119 42011106 33010014 43110239 30226167 4001039509 30296013 39004167
MAINTENANCE Qty GMVL-R56P/NaB-K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 GMVL-R71P/NaB-K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
298
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Name Side Plate of Air outlet Left Support of Evaporator Evaporator Sub-assy Electric expand valve fitting Right Support of Evaporator Left Side Plate Sub-assy Seal of left side Plate Sub-assy Seal of left Connection Pipe Sub-assy Hook Material Code
01499074 01078603 01024234 43040001 01078604 01314225 01494131 01494129 02112466 01425249 01258651 01308679 01708502 1570521101 15018603 15018604 01499074 11129066 01394997 01258612 01324350 15404119 42011106 33010014 43110239 30226221 4001039509 30296013 39004167
MAINTENANCE Qty GMVL-R56PS/NaB-K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 GMVL-R71PS/NaB-K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
10 Electric Box Cover 11 Top Cover Board Assy 12 Right Side Plate Sub-assy 13 Motor Support 14 Fan Motor 15 Motor Sub-assy 16 Border Plate Assy of Air Return End 17 Filter 18 Electric Box 19 Lower Cover Plate Sub-assy 20 Fan motor mounting Plate Sub-assy 21 Water Pump Assy 22 Terminal Border 23 Capacitor 24 Transformer 25 Main Bord 26 Connecting Wire 27 Display Bord 28 Sensor sub-assy
299
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Name Side Plate of Air outlet Left Support of Evaporator Evaporator Sub-assy Electric expand valve fitting Right Support of Evaporator Left Side Plate Sub-assy Seal of left side Plate Sub-assy Seal of left Connection Pipe Sub-assy Hook Material Code
01499074 01078603 01024234 43040001 01078604 01314225 01494131 01494129 02112466 01425249 01258651 01308679 01708502 1570521101 15018603 15018604 01499074 11129066 01394997 01258612 01324350 15404119 42011106 33010014 43110239 30226168 4001039509 30296014 39004167
MAINTENANCE Qty GMV-R56P/NaB-K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 GMV-R71P/NaB-K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
10 Electric Box Cover 11 Top Cover Board Assy
12 Right Side Plate Sub-assy 13 Motor Support 14 Fan Motor 15 Motor Sub-assy 16 Border Plate Assy of Air Return End 17 Filter 18 Electric Box 19 Lower Cover Plate Sub-assy 20 Fan motor mounting Plate Sub-assy 21 Water Pump Assy 22 Terminal Border 23 Capacitor 24 Transformer 25 Main Bord 26 Connecting Wire 27 Display Bord 28 Sensor sub-assy
300
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Name Side Plate of Air outlet Left Support of Evaporator Evaporator Assy Electric expand valve fitting Right Support of Evaporator Left Side Plate Sub-assy Seal of left side Plate Sub-assy Seal of Connection Pipe Sub-assy Hook Electric Box Cover Top Cover Board Assy Right Side Plate Sub-assy Motor Support Fan Motor Motor Sub-assy Border Plate Assy of Air Return End Filter Electric Box Lower Cover Plate Sub-assy Fan motor mounting Plate Sub-assy Water Pump Assy Terminal Border Capacitor Transformer Main Bord Connecting Wire Display Bord Sensor sub-assy Material Code
01499074 01805279 01024234 43040001 01078604 01314225 01494131 01494129 02112466 01425249 01258651 01308679 01708502 1570521101 15018603 15018604 01499074 11129066 11129067 01394739 01258612 01324350 15404119 42011106 33010014 43110239 30226222 4001039509 40010232 30296014 39004167 305125063
MAINTENANCE Qty GMV-R56PS/NaB-K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 GMV-R71PS/NaB-K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
29 Remote Controller
301

6GMVL-R90P/NaB-K, GMVL-R112PS/NaB-K, GMVL-R140P/NaB-K,
MAINTENANCE
302
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Name Air outlet side board assy Water pump assy Water level switch Electric expand valve fitting Evaporator assy Left support of evaporator Fan motor mounting Plate Sub-assy Top Cover Board Assy Right support of evaporator Material Code
01498608 15404119 45010201 43040001 01024222 01024218 01805279 01804703 01324356 01804703 01258607 01264627 01078604 01805221 01308679 01375221 11725205 15018603 15018604 1570521101 1570520901 1570521201 1570521001 01258603 0125860301 01258602 01278603 01285229 01394963 01394964 33010014 33010056 33010064 42011106 43110239 30226167 01425249 01308672 01495212 01315255 01498601 01495213 02118504 4001039509 30296013 39004167
MAINTENANCE Qty GMVL-R90P/NaB-K GMVL-R112P/NaB-K GMVL-R140P/NaB-K 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 0 0 1
10 Right Side Plate Sub-assy 11 Air intake side-board sub-assy
12 Filter Sub-assy 13 Fan Motor 14 Fan Motor 15 Motor 16 Motor 17 Bottom cover plate assy 18 Cover of air-in 19 Water tray assy 20 Electric box assy 21 Capacitor 22 Capacitor 23 Terminal board 24 Transformer 25 Main board 26 Electric box cover 27 Seal of lefr side plate sub-assy 28 Left side plate assy 29 Seal of connection pipe 30 Hook 31 Connecting Wire 32 Display board 33 Sersor sub-assy
303
No
Name
Material Code 01498608 15404119 15404118 45010201 450102012 43040001 01024233 01024218 01805279 01804703 01324356 01325293 01258607 01264627 01078604 01805221 01308679 01375221 11725205 15018603 15018604 1570521101 1570520901 1570521201 1570521001 01258603 0125860301 01258602 01284160 01284157 01394998 01394999 33010014 33010056 33010064 42011106 43110239 30226221 01425249 01494125 01494121 01494124 01314222 01494123 01494120 02118504 4001039509 30296013 39004167
Qty GMVL-R90PS/NaB-K GMVL-R112PS/NaB-K GMVL-R140PS/NaB-K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1
1 Air outlet side board assy 2 Water pump assy 3 Water level switch 4 Electric expand valve fitting 5 Evaporator assy 6 Left support of evaporator Fan motor mounting Plate 7 Sub-assy 8 Top Cover Board Assy 9 Right support of evaporator 10 Right Side Plate Sub-assy 11 Air intake side-board sub-assy 12 Filter Sub-assy 13 Fan Motor 14 Fan Motor 15 Motor 16 Motor 17 Bottom cover plate assy 18 Cover of air-in 19 Water tray assy 20 Electric box assy 21 Capacitor 22 Capacitor 23 Terminal board 24 Transformer 25 Main board 26 Electric box cover 27 Seal of lefr side plate sub-assy 28 Left side plate assy 29 Seal of connection pipe 30 Hook 31 Connecting Wire 32 Display board 33 Sersor sub-assy
MAINTENANCE
No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Name Air outlet side board assy Water pump assy Water level switch Electric expand valve fitting Evaporator assy
Material Code
01498608 15404119 45010201 43040001
Qty GMV-R90P/NaB-K GMV-R112P/NaB-K GMV-R140P/NaB-K 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 305 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 0 0 1
01024222 01024218 01805279 Left support of evaporator 01804703 01324356 Fan motor mounting Plate Sub-assy 01325293 01258607 Top Cover Board Assy 01264627 01078604 Right support of evaporator 01805221 01308679 01375221 11725205 15018603 15018604 1570521101 1570520901 1570521201 1570521001 01258603 0125860301 01258602 01284160 01285229 01394957 01394896 33010014 33010056 33010064 42011106 43110239 30226168 01425249 01308672 01495212 01315255 01498601 01495213 02118504 4001039509 30296014 39004167
12 Filter Sub-assy 13 Fan Motor 14 Fan Motor 15 Motor 16 Motor 17 Bottom cover plate assy 18 Cover of air-in 19 Water tray assy 20 Electric box assy 21 Capacitor 22 Capacitor 23 Terminal board 24 Transformer 25 Main board 26 Electric box cover 27 Seal of lefr side plate sub-assy 28 Left side plate assy 29 Seal of connection pipe 30 Hook 31 Connecting Wire 32 Display board 33 Sersor sub-assy
MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Name Air outlet side board assy Water pump assy Water level switch Electric expand valve fitting Evaporator assy Left support of evaporator Fan motor mounting Plate Sub-assy Top Cover Board Assy Right support of evaporator Material Code 01498608 15404119 15404118 45010201 450102012 43040001 01024233 01024218 01805279 01804703 01324356 01325293 01258607 01264627 01078604 01805221 01308679 01375221 11725205 15018603 15018604 1570521101 1570520901 1570521201 1570521001 01258603 0125860301 01258602 01284160 01284157 01394986 01024218 33010014 33010056 33010064 42011106 43110239 30226222 01425249 01494124 01494121 01314225 01314222 01494120 01494123 02118504 4001039509 30296014 39004167 Qty
MAINTENANCE
GMV-R90PS/NaB-K GMV-R112PS/NaB-K GMV-R140PS/NaB-K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 306 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1
12 Filter Sub-assy 13 Fan Motor 14 Fan Motor 15 Motor 16 Motor 17 Bottom cover plate assy 18 Cover of air-in 19 Water tray assy 20 Electric box assy 21 Capacitor 22 Capacitor 23 Terminal board 24 Transformer 25 Main board 26 Electric box cover Seal of lefr side plate 27 sub-assy 28 Left side plate assy 29 Seal of connection pipe 30 Hook 31 Connecting Wire 32 Display board 33 Sersor sub-assy
MAINTENANCE
5.2 .3 Wall Mounted
Type Unit Exploded Views and Parts List
1GMV(L)-R22G/NaB-KGMV(L)-R28G/NaB-KExploded Views and Parts List
307

NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Description Wall-Mounting Frame Rear Case Evaporator Assy Cross Flow Fan Ring of Bearing Drainage Pipe Water Tray Swing Louver Swing Linkage 1 Swing Linkage 2 Front Case Screw Cover Filter Remote Control Y612C Decorate Piece Receiver Board Front Panel Guide Louver 2 Guide Louver 1 Motor MP28VA Motor Clamp A Motor FN14A Electric Box Cover Terminal Board T4B3A Covering Plate Electric Box Main PCB Z6H15C Transformer 48X26F Wire Clamp Rear Clamp Signal Cable
MAINTENANCE
GMV(L)-R22G/NaB-KGMV(L)-R28G/NaB-K Part Code 01252220 222020012 01004628 10352001 76512203 0523001401 20182027 10512032 10582002 10582003 20002215 24252006 11122002 305125033 68012019 30545702 20002209 10512034 10512033 15212110 26112017 150121081 22242030 42011233 201220061 20102178 30226074 43110226 71010103 24242001 400103953 Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
308

MAINTENANCE
309
MAINTENANCE
NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Description Wall-Mounting Frame Rear Case Evaporator Assy Cross Flow Fan Ring of Bearing Drainage Pipe Water Tray Swing Louver Swing Linkage Front Case Screw Cover Filter Remote Control Y612C Decorate Piece Receiver Board Front Panel Guide Louver Guide Louver Motor MP28EA Right Motor Clamp Motor FN22A Electric Box Cover Terminal Board T4B3A Covering Plate Electric Box Main PCB Z6J15C Transformer 48X26F Wire Clamp Rear Clamp Signal Cable
GMV(L)-R36G/NaB-KGMV(L)-R45G/NaB-K Part Code 01252384 22202050 01004629 10352005 76712015 05232411 20182030 10512041 10582439 200022955 24252007 11122440 305160051 68012019 30545552 20002292 26112043 26112042 15212105 26112429 15012062 22242017 42011233 20102119 20102108 30226072 43110226 71010103 26112430 400103953 Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 12 1 1 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
310

MAINTENANCE
311
MAINTENANCE
GMV(L)-R50G/NaB-KGMV(L)-R56G/NaB-K NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Description Wall-Mounting Frame Rear Case Fan Bearing Screw Cover Swing Louver Swing Link 1 Swing Link 2 Water Tray Guide Louverup Guide Louverdown Cross Flow Fan Evaporator Assy Drainage Pipe Evaporator Support Filter Front Case Front Panel Remote Controller Y512 Displaying Light Board Electric Box Cover 1 Wire Clamp Terminal Board T4B3A Electric Box Cover Main PCB Transformer 57X25C Room Sensor 15k Part Code 01252004 22202329 76512203 Qty 1 1 1 3 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
24252015
10512429 10582057 10582058
20182057 10512085 10512086 10352022 01024147 0523001403

24212067
11122048 200026529 01544115

305125063
22432071 20112019 71010103 42011233 20112020 30226116

43110237 3900019813 3900019814 3900019815
1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Tube Sensor
20k
3900019816
Sensor Insert Electric Box Lower Shield of Electric Box Upper Shield of Electric Box Stepping Motor MP35XY Motor Clamp Helicoid tongue Motor FN20C-PG Pipe Clamp
42020063
20112018
01592037 01592038 15212117 26112095 26252009 150120671 24242001 400103953 01324110P 07334255
40010267
1
1 1 1 1 1 1
Signal Cable
Fix sub-assy EXV sub-assy Connecting Wire
312

4GMV(L)-R71G/Na-KGMV(L)-R80G/Na-KExploded Views and Parts List
MAINTENANCE
313
MAINTENANCE
GMV(L)-R71G/Na-KGMV(L)-R80G/Na-K NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Description Wall-Mounting Frame Rear Case Fan Bearing Screw Cover Swing Louver Swing Link Water Tray Guide Louverup Guide Louverdown Cross Flow Fan Evaporator Assy Drainage Pipe Evaporator Supportleft Filter Front Case Front Panel Front Panel A Remote Controller Y512 Receiver Board JD Electric Box Cover Switch Lever Wire Clamp Terminal Board T4B3A Electric Box Cover Main PCB Transformer 48X26G Room Sensor Part Code 01252398 22202091 76512203 Qty 1 1 1 3 15 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
242520053
10512110 10582040 20182043
10512062 10512063 10352420 0102411202 0523001404 24212041

11122051
26904107 20002698 22432258 305125063 30046093 20102252 10582007 71010103 42011233 201022513
30226420 43110233 3900019813 3900019814 3900019815
1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
Tube Sensor Sensor Insert Electric Box Lower Shield of Electric Box Upper Shield of Electric Box Stepping Motor MP24GA Evaporator Supportrihgt Motor Clamp Motor FN26D Fixer(evaporator) Pipe Clamp
3900019816
42020063 20102250 01592034 01592033 15212102 24212042 26112069 150121053 02112009 26112071 400103953 01324110P 07334255
40010267
Signal Cable
Fix sub-assy EXV sub-assy Connecting Wire
314
MAINTENANCE
5GMV(L)-R22G/NaC-KGMV(L)-R28G/NaC-KExploded Views and Parts List
315
MAINTENANCE
NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Description Wall Mounting Frame Rear Case Evaporator Assy Cross Flow Fan O-Gasket of Cross Fan Bearing Drain Pipe Water Tray Air Louver Swing Lever Swing Lever Front Case Screw Cap Filter Remote Control Y512 Display Board Front Panel Guide Louver Guide Louver Stepping Motor Motor Press Plate Fan Motor Electric Box Cover 4-bit Terminal Board Electric Box Cover Electric Box Main PCB Z6H251B Transformer Fixed Clamp Pipe Clamp Connecting Wirecommunicate)
GMV(L)-R22G/NaC-KGMV(L)-R28G/NaC-K Part Code 01252220 222020012 01004628 10352001 76512203 0523001401 201820272 10512080 10582002 10582003 200024442 24252006 11122002 305125063 30545707 20002522 10512034 10512033 15212110 26112014 150121081 22242030 42011233 201220061 20102178 30226077 43110226 71010103 24242001 400103953 Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
316
MAINTENANCE
6GMV(L)-R36G/NaC-KGMV(L)-R45G/NaC-KExploded Views and Parts List
317
MAINTENANCE
NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
Description Wall Mounting Frame Rear Case Sub-Assy Evaporator Assy Cross Flow Fan Ring of Bearing Drain Pipe Water Tray Air Louver Swing Lever Front Case Screw Cap Filter Remote Control Y512 Display Board Front Panel Lower Guide Louver Upper Guide Louver Stepping Motor Motor Right Clamp Motor FN22G Electric Box Cover 4-bit Terminal Board Covering Plate Electric Box Main PCB Z6J251B Transformer Fixed Clamp Rear Clamp Connecting Wirecommunicate)
GMV(L)-R36G/NaC-KGMV(L)-R45G/NaC-K Part Code 01252384 22202051 01004629 10352005 76712015 0523001401 201820302 10512041 10582439 200025253 24252007 11122440 305125063 30545558 20002524 26112043 26112042 15212105 26112429 150120623 22242017 42011233 20102119 20102108 30226075 43110226 71010103 26112430 400103953 Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 12 1 1 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
318
MAINTENANCE
5.2 .4 Floor Ceiling Type Unit Exploded Views and Parts List
1GMV(L)-R28Zd/Na-KGMV(L)-R36Zd/Na-KGMV(L)-R50Zd/Na-KExploded Views and Parts List
319
MAINTENANCE
GMV(L)-R28Zd/Na-KGMV(L)-R36Zd/Na-K GMV(L)-R50Zd/Na-K Part Code Qty 1 4 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 12 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 01302013 26232001 261124152 0130201501 1051953202 261124162 10512026 24212019 10512025 24212018 10512027 10582009 10582008 26152006 01072411 12312404 01332404 26112027 0107243701 33010089 43110237 01402407 30226903 42011159 24253001 24253002 46010013 01412408 70812001 05235433 30545654 20102138 26252002 11122013 22412010 26252003 01544106 01532001P 01272205P 01709532 26112028 01332405 12312403
NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 Rear Side Plate Handle
Description
Left Decoration Plate Rear Side Plate of Air Outlet Louver Right Decoration Plate Shaft of Louver II Louver Support Shaft of Louver I Louver Fixer Swing Louver Connecting Lever Connecting Lever Right Swing Motor Fixer Right Fixing Plate of Evaporator Right Side Foam sub-assy Right Fixing Plate Right Decoration Panel Pipe Clamp Plate Capacitor 1uF/500V Transformer 57X25C Electric Box Main PCB Z6935 Terminal Board RS9413G Wire Base Wire Clamp Fuse 5A 250VAC Cover of Electric Box Pipe Clip Drainage Pipe Display Board Electric Box Front Grill Clip 1 Filter Front Grill Front Grill Clip 2 Front Panel Front Panel Water Tray Panel Motor Support Left Decoration Panel Left Fixing Plate Left Side Foam sub-assy 5T52
320

43 44 45 46 47 Left Fixing Plate of Evaporator Motor Clamp Step Motor MP35CA Left Swing Motor Fixer Evaporator Assy 01072410 26112026 15212402 26152005 01024134 01024135 01024121 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 Water Lead Panel Cover of Evaporator Fixed Mount Centrifugal Fan Rear Snail Shell Front Snail Shell Bar Clasp Hoop Motor Remote Controller Signal Cable Fix sub-assy EXV sub-assy EXV SPF-16D70 Magnet Coil for EXV DPF-AS001A Display Board Z63351F 01362001 01072409 01708763 10312401 22202032 22202031 70819522 70819521 15707302 157073024 305125063 400103953 01324110P 07334258 07334191 430001087 30296309
MAINTENANCE
1 4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Notes a . Evaporator assyis dedicated toGMV(L)-R28Zd/Na-K b. Evaporator assyis dedicated toGMV(L)-R36Zd/Na-K c . Evaporator assyis dedicated toGMV(L)-R50Zd/Na-K d . Motoris dedicated toGMV(L)-R28Zd/Na-KGMV(L)-R36Zd/Na-K e . Motoris dedicated toGMV(L)-R50Zd/Na-K
321

2GMV(L)-R71Zd/Na-KExploded Views and Parts List
MAINTENANCE
322
MAINTENANCE
NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
Description Left Decoration Plate Shaft of Louver I Swing Louver Fixer sub-assy Louver Support Louver Fixer Louver Shaft of Louver II Right Decoration Plate Left Swing Motor Fixer Front Panel Display Box Display Board 5T52 Front Panel Right Swing Motor Fixer Step Motor MP35CA Motor Clamp Water Tray Auxiliary Water Tray Pipe Clip Drainage Pipe Handle Right Side Foam sub-assy Right Fixing Palte Support of Motor Bearing Fixer of Motor Support Right Decoration Panel Pipe Clamp Electric Box Wire Base Wire Clamp Terminal Board Fuse 5A 250VAC Main PCB Z6935 Ring of Bearing Fan Bearing Transformer 57X25C Cover of Electric Box Centrifugal Fan Rotary Axis Capacitor CBB61 3uF/450 Motor FN100A Motor Fixer Motor Clamp Axes Connector
GMV(L)-R71Zd/Na-K Part Code 261124172 10512025 013324232 24212020 24222016 105124042 10512026 261124212 26152007 01532414 20102138 30545654 01544106 26152008 15212402 26112026 01272412 01272413 70812001 05235433 26232001 12312407 01332404 01792408 01792409 26112033 01072424 01402407 24253001 24253002 42011159 46010013 30226903 76512404 76512210 43110237 01412408 10312401 73012401 33010027 15012406 01722409 01702405 73012403 Qty 1 2 1 3 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 4 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 4 2 1 1 1 2 2
323

45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 Motor Fixing Plate Front Snail Shell Rear Snail Shell Rear Side Plate Motor Support Filter Water Lead Plate Front Grill Front Grill Clip 2 Remote Controller Front Grill Clip 1 Evaporator Assy Cover of Evaporator Left Decoration Panel Left Fixing Plate Left Side Foam sub-assy Bearing Fixing Plate Rear Side Plate of Air Outlet Connecting Lever Connecting Lever Swing Louver Signal Cable EXV sub-assy EXV SPF-18D88 Magnet Coil for EXV Fix sub-assy Display Board Z63351F 01332426 22202031 22202032 01302429 01702410 11122012 01362401 22412011 26252003 305125063 26252002 01024123 01072417 26112032 01332405 12312406 01332407 01302405 10582008 10582009 10512028 400103953 07334255 07334193 430001087 01324110P 30296309
MAINTENANCE
1 4 4 1 1 2 1 2 4 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 22 1 1 1 1 1 1
324
MAINTENANCE
3GMV(L)-R90Zd/Na-KGMV(L)-R112Zd/Na-KGMV(L)-R125Zd/Na-KExploded Views and Parts List
325
MAINTENANCE
GMV(L)-R90Zd/Na-K NO. Description GMV(L)-R112Zd/Na-K GMV(L)-R125Zd/Na-K Part Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Left Decoration Plate Shaft of Louver I Swing Louver Fixer sub-assy Louver Support Louver Fixer Shaft of Louver II Louver Right Decoration Plate Left Swing Motor Fixer Front Panel Display Box Display Board 5T52 Front Panel Right Swing Motor Fixer Step Motor MP35CA Motor Clamp Water Tray Auxiliary Water Tray Pipe Clip Drainage Pipe Handle Right Side Foam sub-assy Right Fixing Palte Support of Motor Bearing Fixer of Motor Support Right Decoration Panel Pipe Clamp Electric Box Wire Base Wire Clamp Terminal Board Fuse 5A 250VAC Main PCB Z6935 Ring of Bearing Fan Bearing Transformer 5725C Cover of Electric Box Centrifugal Fan 261124152 10512025 0133241802 24212019 24212018 10512026 105124082 261124162 26152005 01532413 20102138 30545654 01544106 26152006 15212402 26112026 0127240802 01272409 70812001 05235433 26232001 12312404 01332404 01792408 01792407 26112027 01072425 01402407 24253001 24253002 42011159 46010013 30226903 76512404 76512210 43110237 01412408 10319051 Qty 1 3 1 4 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 4 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 4
326

39 40 Rotary Axis Capacitor 73012402 33010064 33010056 15012405 15012404 01722410 01702405 73012403 01332425 22202030 22202029 01302431 01702411 11122013 01362407 22412010 26252003 305125063 01024122 26252002 01072409 26112028 01332405 12312403 01332406 01302416 10582008 10582009 10512027 400103953 Z63351F 30296309 07334256 07334195 43000110 01324110P
MAINTENANCE
2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 4 4 1 1 1 1 4 8 1 1 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 4 26 1 1 1 1 1 1
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 Notes
Motor Motor Fixer Motor Clamp Axes Connector Motor Fixing Plate Front Snail Shell Rear Snail Shell Rear Side Plate Motor Support Filter Water Lead Plate Front Grill Front Grill Clip 2 Remote Controller Evaporator Assy Front Grill Clip 1 Cover of Evaporator Left Decoration Panel Left Fixing Plate Left Side Foam sub-assy Bearing Fixing Plate Rear Side Plate of Air Outlet Connecting Lever Connecting Lever Swing Louver Signal Cable Display Board EXV sub-assy EXV VPF-25D*B3 Magnet Coil for EXV Fix sub-assy 2
a. Capacitanceis dedicated toGMV(L)-R90Zd/Na-K b. Capacitanceis dedicated toGMV(L)-R112Zd/Na-KGMV(L)-R125Zd/Na-K c. Motoris dedicated toGMV(L)-R90Zd/Na-K d. Motoris dedicated toGMV(L)-R112Zd/Na-KGMV(L)-R125Zd/Na-K
327

SM VRF Systems

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

SM VRF Systems

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF Service Manual (T1/ R410A /50Hz)

GREE ELECTRIC APPLIANCES INC. OF ZHUHAI

GREE COMMERCIAL AIR CONDITION

MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF

GREE COMMERCIAL AIR CONDITION

MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF

GREE COMMERCIAL AIR CONDITION

MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF

MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF

MODULAR DIGITAL Multi VRF

GMV-Rm670W2/Na- M GMV-Rm730W2/Na- M GMV-Rm800W2/Na- M GMV-Rm850W2/Na- M GMV-Rm900W2/Na- M GMV-Rm954W2/Na- M GMV-Rm1008W2/Na- M

228604 250782 272960 290020 307080 324140 343929

249076 272960 290020 307080 334376 351436 379755.6 R410A 380-415V3Ph-50Hz

MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF

MODU LAR DIGITA L Multi VRF

MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF

1.2 Indoor Unit

MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF

MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF

1.2.4 Floor ceiling type

Note:1Ton =12000Btu/h = 3.517kW

MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF

R410A M:380-415V-3Ph-50Hz; K:220-240V-1Ph-50Hz

2.2 Nomenclature of indoor unit

T: cassette Zd: floor ceiling Td=1-way Casstte type

Refrigerant: Series Number Power complement

Na: R410A B :Second generation M:380-415V-3Ph-50Hz; K:220-240V-1Ph-50Hz

MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF

MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF

Connecting mode Net weight Gross weight

280 310 4.05

Recommended power cord

MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF

Connecting mode Net weight Gross weight kg kg mm pc

Recommended power cord

MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF

GMV-Rm450W/Na-M 45.0 49.5 62 20 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 18.0 14.7 38.6 31.6 13407701670

GMV-Rm504W/Na-M 50.4 55.0 62 20 380-415V-3Ph-50Hz 18.8 15.0 39.1 32.2 13407701670

MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF

+constant speed scroll compressor2

Connecting mode Net weight Recommended power cord

MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF

+constant speed scroll compressor12

Connecting mode Net weight Recommended power cord Notes:

Connecting mode Net weight Recommended power cord Notes:

Connecting mode Net weight Recommended power cord Notes:

compressor+constant speed scroll compressor22

Connecting mode Net weight Recommended power cord Notes:

Connecting mode Net weight Recommended power cord

Connecting mode Net weight Recommended power cord Notes:

Connecting mode Net weight Recommended power cord

Connecting mode Net weight Recommended power cord kg mm2pc

mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch

54.1 17/8 25.4 1 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 450+450+450+450 10.05+10.05+10.05+10.05

54.1 17/8 25.4 1 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 450+450+450+450 10.05+10.05+10.05+10.05

mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch

54.1 17/8 25.4 1 9.52 3/8 Brazing Connection 450+450+450+450 10.05+10.05+10.05+10.0 5

MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF

4.2 Product data of indoor

MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF

MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF

MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF

MODULAR DIGITAL MULTI VRF

Model Cooling Capacity kW Btu kW Btu m3/h CFM dB(A) Pa